Toshiba e-STUDIO5520C Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Toshiba Manuals
  4. All in One Printer
  5. e-STUDIO5520c
  6. Service manual
Toshiba e-STUDIO5520C Service Manual

Toshiba e-STUDIO5520C Service Manual

Multifunctional digital color systems
Hide thumbs Also See for e-STUDIO5520C:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
SERVICE MANUAL
MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS
e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C
Model: FC-5520C/6520C/6530C
Publish Date: August 2008
File No. SME070016K0
R070921E4700-TTEC
Ver11_2012-03

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading
Need help?

Need help?

Do you have a question about the e-STUDIO5520C and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Toshiba e-STUDIO5520C

Summary of Contents for Toshiba e-STUDIO5520C

  • Page 1 SERVICE MANUAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C Model: FC-5520C/6520C/6530C Publish Date: August 2008 File No. SME070016K0 R070921E4700-TTEC Ver11_2012-03...
  • Page 2 Other company names and product names in this manual are the trademarks of their respective companies. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved Under the copyright laws, this manual cannot be reproduced in any form without prior written permission...
  • Page 3 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE SERVICE FOR e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C The installation and service should be done by a qualified service technician. 1. Transportation/Installation When transporting/installing the equipment, employ four persons and be sure to move it by the casters while lifting the stoppers.
  • Page 4 Be sure to handle/install them properly. If these parts are short-circuited and their functions become ineffective, they may result in fatal accidents such as burnout. Do not allow a short-circuit or do not use the parts not recommended by Toshiba TEC Corporation.

  • Page 5: Cautionary Labels

    4. Cautionary Labels During servicing, be sure to check the rating plate and cautionary labels such as “Unplug the power cable during service”, “CAUTION. HOT”, “CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE”, “CAUTION. LASER BEAM”, etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment.
  • Page 6 5. Disposal of the Equipment, Supplies, Packing Materials, Used Batteries and IC-RAMs Regarding the recovery and disposal of the equipment, supplies, packing materials, used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries, follow the relevant local regulations or rules. 6. When the option has been installed: When the EFI printer board has been installed, be sure to unplug the power cable before performing maintenance and inspection, otherwise troubles such as a communication error may occur.
  • Page 7 Precautions for Transporting Equipment Once Unpacked 1 General Description It is recommended to follow the procedure below when you transport equipment that has already been unpacked but has not been packed again. Note that the following procedure cannot guarantee the operation of the transported equipment. Item Content Gasket in Reversing Automatic...
  • Page 8 2 Precautions and Procedures for Transporting Equipment Checking gaskets in the RADF The installation of gaskets to the RADF, which is described in the Unpacking Instructions, must not be performed when the equipment is unpacked but must be when it is reinstalled at a user’s office. Do not install the gaskets in the equipment before transporting it because if it is transported with the gaskets installed, the screws fixing the scanner may contact with the gaskets and thus damage them.
  • Page 9 Notes: • The installation of materials for covering the holes of the scanner fixing screws (e.g. rubber cap, blind seal), which is described in the Unpacking Instructions, must not be performed when the equipment is unpacked but must be when it is reinstalled at a user's office. •...
  • Page 10 Installing a drum protection sheet 1. Pull out the EPU tray.  P.11-24 "11.5 Disassembly and Replacement" 2. Install a drum protection sheet on the K drum. 3. Push the EPU tray in, and then reassemble the equipment in the procedure reverse to disassembly.
  • Page 11 Installing the sealing material in toner supply opening 1. Open the front cover and then take off the toner cartridges (Y, M, C and K). Note: The toner cartridges must not be installed while the equipment is being transported. Pack them separately from the equipment.
  • Page 13 ALLEGEMEINE SICHERHEITSMASSNAHMEN IN BEZUG AUF DIE WARTUNG FÜR e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C Die Installation und die Wartung sind von einem qualifizierten Service- Techniker durchzuführen. 1. Transport/Installation Zum Transportieren/Installieren des Gerätes werden 4 Personen benötigt. Bewegen Sie es mit den Rollen, während Sie die Absperrvorrichtungen heben. Das Gerät ist sehr schwer und wiegt etwa 245 kg oder 246 kg;...
  • Page 14 Sie müssen unbedingt korrekt gehandhabt und installiert werden. Wenn diese Teile kurzgeschlossen und funktionsunfähig werden, kann dies zu schwerwiegenden Schäden, wie einem Abbrand, führen. Kurzschlüsse sind zu vermeiden, und es sind ausschließlich Teile zu verwenden, die von der Toshiba TEC Corporation empfohlen sind.
  • Page 15 4. Warnetiketten Im Rahmen der Wartung unbedingt das Leistungsschild und die Etiketten mit Warnhinweisen überprüfen, um sicherzustellen, dass sie nicht verschmutzt sind und korrekt am Gerät angebracht sind. 1) Erkennungsetikett 2) Erklärungsetikett 3) Klassifizierungsetikett 4) Warnung für Erdungskabel 5) Warnung für Bereiche mit höhen Temperaturen (Duplexeinheit / Fixiereinheit) 6) Warnung für Bereiche mit höhen Temperaturen (Fixiereinheit) 7) Warnung für Bereiche mit höhen Temperaturen (Brückeneinheit) 5.
  • Page 16 Caution: Dispose of used batteries and IC-RAMs including lithium batteries according to this manual. Attention: Se débarrasser de batteries et IC-RAMs usés y compris les batteries en lithium selon ce manuel. Vorsicht: Entsorgung der gebrauchten Batterien und IC-RAMs (inclusive der Lithium-Batterie) nach diesem Handbuch.
  • Page 17 • Laseremissionseinheit Diese Einheit besteht aus der Laserdiode, dem Fokussierungsobjektiv, der Blende und dem Zylinderobjektiv. Laserdiode Diese Laserdiode zeichnet sich durch eine geringe Regeldifferenz, eine kleine Laservariation und einen niedrigen Schwellenstrom aus. Die Blende der Laseremissionseinheit ist unter dem Fokussierobjektiv angeordnet, um die Form der Laserstrahlen in der primären und sekundären Scanrichtung festzulegen.
  • Page 19 Paper feed cover ..................... 3-45 3.5.16 RADF connector cover ..................3-46 3.5.17 Right rear cover ....................3-46 3.5.18 Rear cover ....................... 3-46 3.5.19 Upper exhaust fan cover.................. 3-47 3.5.20 Top rear cover ....................3-47 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTENTS...
  • Page 20 Exposure Lamp Control Circuit ................7-9 7.5.3 General Description of CCD Control..............7-12 7.5.4 Automatic Original Size Detection Circuit ............7-13 Disassembly and Replacement..................7-18 7.6.1 Original glass ....................7-18 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 21 Black header density level adjustment ............8-53 8.6.17 Black area adjustment in twin color copy mode..........8-53 8.6.18 Judgment threshold adjustment for blank original ........... 8-53 8.6.19 Background offsetting adjustment for ADF ............8-54 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTENTS...
  • Page 22 10.2 Composition ........................10-3 10.3 Functions......................... 10-4 10.4 Description of Operation ....................10-6 10.4.1 Drive of rollers....................10-6 10.4.2 Operation of bypass pickup roller ..............10-7 10.4.3 Operation of drawer pickup roller..............10-8 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 23 10.6.40 Feed/transport motor (M43)................10-49 10.6.41 Paper feed drive unit..................10-50 10.6.42 3rd drawer transport clutch (CLT4)/3rd drawer feed clutch (CLT5) ....10-50 10.6.43 4th drawer transport clutch (CLT6)/4th drawer feed clutch(CLT7) ....10-51 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTENTS...
  • Page 24 11.5.16 Drum surface potential sensors control PC board (V0S board) ....11-37 11.5.17 Auger lock detection sensor (S42) ..............11-37 11.5.18 Main charger ozone exhaust fan-K/-C/-M/-Y (F17/F1/F19/F20) ....11-38 11.5.19 Needle electrode cleaner detection sensor-K/C/M/Y (S30/S31/S32/S33) ..11-39 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 25 2nd transfer facing roller cleaning pad ............12-13 12.6.3 Transfer belt cleaning unit ................12-14 12.6.4 Transfer belt cleaning blade ................. 12-15 12.6.5 Transfer belt cleaner side seal ..............12-15 12.6.6 Transfer belt unit (TBU) ................. 12-17 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTENTS...
  • Page 26 Fuser motor control circuit ................14-23 14.6 Disassembly and Replacement..................14-24 14.6.1 Fuser unit....................... 14-26 14.6.2 Pressure roller cover..................14-27 14.6.3 Transport guide-1 ..................14-28 14.6.4 Transport guide-2 ..................14-29 14.6.5 Entrance guide cover..................14-29 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 27 15.6.11 Bridge unit...................... 15-27 15.6.12 Bridge unit front cover..................15-28 15.6.13 Bridge unit lower cover .................. 15-29 15.6.14 Bridge unit transport entrance motor (M4) / Reverse motor (M3) ....15-30 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTENTS...
  • Page 28 Original jam access cover................16-17 16.5.5 RADF left cover ..................... 16-18 16.5.6 Original tray ....................16-18 16.5.7 Original reverse tray ..................16-19 16.5.8 Platen sheet unit .................... 16-19 16.5.9 RADF exit tray ....................16-20 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 29 16.6.7 RADF opening/closing switch adjustment ............. 16-72 16.6.8 Original reading start sensor adjustment ............16-73 16.6.9 Platen Sheet ....................16-76 17. POWER SUPPLY UNIT ....................17-1 17.1 Construction ........................17-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTENTS...
  • Page 30 19.3.1 Scanner ROM ....................19-33 19.3.2 RADF firmware ....................19-36 19.3.3 Finisher firmware (MJ-1103/1104) ..............19-38 19.3.4 Saddle stitcher firmware (MJ-1104) ............... 19-40 19.3.5 Hole punch unit firmware (MJ-6102).............. 19-42 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 31 Procedure for discarding HDD when data encryption function is enabled ..21-20 21.3 Assist Mode........................21-21 21.3.1 Assist Mode ....................21-21 21.3.2 Operating Procedure of Assist Mode............. 21-22 22. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE ..................22-1 22.1 Input check (Test mode 03) .................... 22-4 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTENTS...
  • Page 32 25.3.18 Laser optical unit related service call............. 25-92 25.3.19 Finisher related service call ................25-95 25.3.20 Image control related service call ..............25-107 25.3.21 Copy process related service call ..............25-120 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 33 25.5.31 Low density image (rear side)..............25-198 25.5.32 Black banding in feeding direction ............... 25-200 26. REMOTE SERVICE..................... 26-1 26.1 Auto Supply Order......................26-1 26.1.1 Outline ......................26-1 26.1.2 Setting Item...................... 26-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTENTS...
  • Page 34 28.3 Notices ..........................28-5 29. PC BOARDS ....................... 29-1 30. DC WIRE HARNESS / ELECTRIC PARTS LAYOUT..........30-1 30.1 DC Wire Harness ......................30-1 30.2 Electric Parts Layout ....................... 30-2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...
  • Page 35 Main Feature of e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C • By means of the STF fusing system, the highest copying speed can be attained in the full color mode on A4 size paper: 55 copies per minute for e-STUDIO5520C, 65 copies per minute for e-STUDIO6520C/6530C. •...
  • Page 36 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FEATURE 1 - 2...

  • Page 37: Specifications/Accessories/Options/Supplies

    64 g/m to 300 g/m (17 lb. Bond to 110 lb. Cover) LCF (optional) 64 g/m to 256 g/m (17 lb. Bond to 80 lb. Cover) Tandem LCF © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 1...
  • Page 38 3.2 kW or less consumption e-STUDIO6520C 2.2 kW or less 2.4 kW or less e-STUDIO6530C The electric power is supplied to the Finisher and LCF through the equipment. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 2...
  • Page 39 Black Approx. 5.3 sec. Color Approx. 6.5 sec. e-STUDIO6520C Black Approx. 5.3 sec. Color Approx. 6.5 sec. e-STUDIO6530C Black Approx. 4.6 sec. Color Approx. 6.5 sec. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 3...
  • Page 40 B4, LG, FOLIO, 39 (31) 30 (28) 20 (18) COMPUTER A3, LD 37 (30) 27 (25) 20 (18) 305 x 457mm, 31 (31) 23 (21) SRA3 (320 x 450mm) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 4...
  • Page 41 20 (13) 8 (5) B4, LG, FOLIO, 13 (9.5) 8 (5) COMPUTER A3, LD 11 (8) 8 (5) 305 x 457mm, 9 (6) SRA3 (320 x 450mm) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 5...
  • Page 42 [ 3-7 ] OHP film e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C Bypass feed Paper supply Drawer Option LCF Tandem LCF Size not Paper size Size specified specified A4, LT 17 (17) 5 (5) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 6...
  • Page 43 1st drawer. * The Saddle Stitch Finisher and hole punch unit not installed. * The values in ( ) are the speeds of when in the color mode. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES...
  • Page 44 Number of Folder 100 folders per box Number of Document 400 documents per box/folder Number of Page 200 pages per document Capacity of HDD e-Filing 14 GB e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 8...

  • Page 45: Internet Fax

    Send to FTP Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF Send to E-mail Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF Send to I-Fax TIFF-S Send to PSTN- © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 9...
  • Page 46 NAC / NAD: North America, Brazil SAD: Saudi Arabia MJC / MJD: Europe ASU: Saudi Arabia, Asia AUC / AUD: Australia ARD: Argentina ASD: Asia, Hong Kong, Latin America CND: China e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 10...
  • Page 47 Damp Heater Kit MF-5520E/U Harness kit for coin controller GQ-1200 Note: The antenna (GN-3010) is necessary to enable the wireless LAN module (GN-1050) and the bluetooth module (GN-2010). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 11...
  • Page 48 PS-ZTFC55C (for North America, Central and South America) PS-ZTFC55EC (for Europe) PS-ZTFC55DC (for Australia and Asia) PS-ZTFC55CC (for China) Waste toner box PS-TBFC55 (expect for Europe) PS-TBFC55E (for Europe) PS-TBFC55C (for China) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 12...

  • Page 49: System List

    System List Fig. 2-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 13...
  • Page 50 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 14...

  • Page 51: Outline Of The Machine

    OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE Sectional View 3.1.1 Front side Fig. 3-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 1...

  • Page 52: Rear Side

    3.1.2 Rear side M46 M47 Fig. 3-2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 2...

  • Page 53: Electric Parts Layout

    Electric Parts Layout [A] Reversing Automatic Document Feeder (RADF) SWR2 SR15 SR13 SWR1 SR12 SR14 SR10 SR11 Fig. 3-3 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 3...
  • Page 54 RADF SOLR2 SOLR3 SOLR1 Fig. 3-4 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 4...
  • Page 55 [B] Scanner unit S5 (A4 series) S5 (LT series) (A4 series only) Fig. 3-5 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 5...
  • Page 56 [C] Bridge unit/Paper exit SOL1 SOL2 Fig. 3-6 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 6...
  • Page 57 [D] Fuser related section THMO4 THMP1 THMP2 THMO5 CLT1 THM4 THM6 THMO2 THM3 THMO3 THM5 Fig. 3-7 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 7...
  • Page 58 LAMP Center heater lamp, Side heater lamp, Sub heater lamp (for MJC, MJD) IH-COIL Fig. 3-8 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 8...
  • Page 59 [E] Developer unit Fig. 3-9 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 9...
  • Page 60 THM1 THM2 Fig. 3-10 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 10...
  • Page 61 SOL7 SOL6 ERS-K SOL5 ERS-C SOL4 ERS-M ERS-Y Fig. 3-11 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 11...
  • Page 62 [F] Transfer belt unit Fig. 3-12 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 12...
  • Page 63 [G] Transfer unit SOL3 CLT2 CLT3 Fig. 3-13 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 13...
  • Page 64 [H] Laser unit LDR-K LDR-M LDR-C LDR-Y Fig. 3-14 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 14...
  • Page 65 Toner cartridge/Waste toner box Fig. 3-15 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 15...
  • Page 66 Automatic duplexing unit Fig. 3-16 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 16...
  • Page 67 [K] Cover switches/Cover sensor/TRU waste toner box S114 Fig. 3-17 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 17...
  • Page 68 [L] Bypass feed unit SOL8 Fig. 3-18 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 18...
  • Page 69 [M] Paper feeding section CLT4 CLT5 CLT6 CLT7 M44 M45 S104 S103 Fig. 3-19 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 19...
  • Page 70 S100 S101 S102 Fig. 3-20 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 20...
  • Page 71 [N] Tandem LCF S111 SOL9 S106 S112 SOL11 S107 S110 S108 SOL10 S109 S113 Fig. 3-21 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 21...
  • Page 72 [O] PC boards RAM-S RAM-L Fig. 3-22 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 22...
  • Page 73 [P] Power supply HVT1 HVT2 Fig. 3-23 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 23...
  • Page 74 [Q] Fans Fig. 3-24 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 24...
  • Page 75 [R] Damp heater THMO1 Fig. 3-25 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 25...
  • Page 76 [S] Control panel P-INV KEY1 KEY2 Fig. 3-26 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 26...

  • Page 77: Symbols And Functions Of Various Components

    Toner supply from the C sub-hopper to the C developer unit and mixing toner in the C sub-hopper Reverse rotation: Mixing toner in the C sub-hopper © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 27...
  • Page 78 Lifting up the tray in the tandem LCF Fig. 3-21 12-19 Tandem LCF end fence motor Driving the end fence in the tandem Fig. 3-21 12-19 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 28...
  • Page 79 Cooling the paper which exits in the Fig. 3-24 35-45 lower exit section Lower exit section cooling fan-2 Fig. 3-24 35-45 Lower exit section cooling fan-3 Fig. 3-24 49-60 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 29...
  • Page 80 Detecting the paddle rotation in the Y Fig. 3-15 45-11 detection sensor-Y toner cartridge Temperature/humidity sensor Detecting the ambient temperature/ Fig. 3-10 48-12 humidity of the equipment e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 30...
  • Page 81 Detecting the M drum surface potential Fig. 3-10 59-22 at charging Drum surface potential (V0) sensor-Y Detecting the Y drum surface potential Fig. 3-10 59-22 at charging © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 31...
  • Page 82 Detecting the width of paper on the Fig. 3-18 17-14 bypass feed unit Bypass paper sensor Detecting the presence of paper on the Fig. 3-18 15-65 bypass feed unit e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 32...
  • Page 83 Fig. 3-19 47-7 in the 4th drawer 4th drawer empty sensor Detecting the presence of the paper in Fig. 3-20 11-7 the 4th drawer © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 33...
  • Page 84 Detecting the end fence stop position in Fig. 3-21 13-15 the tandem LCF S114 Feed cover sensor Detecting the opening/closing status of Fig. 3-17 the feed cover e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 34...

  • Page 85: Electromagnetic Spring Clutches

    Fig. 3-19 9-42 drawer CLT7 4th drawer feed clutch Driving the separation roller, feed roller Fig. 3-19 9-42 and pickup roller of the 4th drawer © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 35...
  • Page 86 LCF SOL11 Stopper opening/closing solenoid Driving the opening/closing operation Fig. 3-21 14-28 (rear) of the rear stopper in the tandem LCF e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 36...
  • Page 87 SRAM board <for LGC board> Storing the setting or adjustment value, Fig. 3-22 69-20 etc. used for the control by the logic PC board © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 37...
  • Page 88 43-42 center of the Fuser belt THMO5 Fuser belt side thermostat Controlling the temperature of the side Fig. 3-7 43-42 of the Fuser belt e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 38...
  • Page 89 Generating DC voltage and supplying it Fig. 3-23 70-26 Switching regulator to each section of the equipment Preventing overcurrent to the Fig. 3-23 70-7 Breaker equipment © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 39...

  • Page 90: System Block Diagram

    System Block Diagram Fig. 3-27 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 40...

  • Page 91: Front Cover

    Fig. 3-29 3.5.3 Top right cover Remove 3 screws and take off the top right cover. Fig. 3-30 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 41...
  • Page 92 Remove 3 screws and take off the top front cover. Fig. 3-32 3.5.6 Top left cover Remove 2 screws and take off the filter cover and top left cover. Fig. 3-33 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 42...

  • Page 93: Fax Cover

    Note: When installing the left middle cover, be sure to attach the shield seal back in its original position. Shield seal Fig. 3-36 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 43...

  • Page 94: Left Lower Cover

    The tray can be easily taken out by lifting up its leading edge with the sliding section secured. Secure here Tray arm Fig. 3-39 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 44...

  • Page 95: Paper Feed Cover

    Paper feed cover Open the duplexing unit. Open the paper feed cover. Remove 1 clip to take off the paper feed cover. Fig. 3-42 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 45...

  • Page 96: Right Rear Cover

    Remove 3 screws and take off the right rear cover. Filter cover LAN cable cover Fig. 3-44 3.5.18 Rear cover Remove 10 screws and take off the rear cover. Fig. 3-45 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 46...

  • Page 97: Top Rear Cover

     P.3-41 "3.5.3 Top right cover" Pull out all the drawers. Open the front cover. Remove 2 screws and take off the left corner cover. Fig. 3-48 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 47...
  • Page 98 Take off the right top cover.  P.3-42 "3.5.4 Right top cover" Open the paper feed cover. Remove 2 screws and take off the right corner cover. Fig. 3-49 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 48...

  • Page 99: Copy Process

    This equipment has accomplished to improve reproducibility by adding black toner to the mixture of the above three colors at proper ratio. Yellow Green Black Magenta Cyan Blue [ Three primary colors ] Fig. 4-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C COPY PROCESS 4 - 1...
  • Page 100 Main charger Discharge LED Developer unit Transfer belt Fuser unit 2nd transfer roller Yellow (Y) Cyan (C) Laser optical unit Magenta (M) Black (K) Fig. 4-2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved COPY PROCESS 4 - 2...

  • Page 101: Description Of Operation

    (10) (–) Discharging: Eliminates the residual (–) made to adhere to the photoconductive charge from the surface of the drum, producing a visible image. photoconductive drum. ↓ © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C COPY PROCESS 4 - 3...
  • Page 102 Time ( t ) Colored area of original -500 White area of original Discharge Charging -1000 process process Electric potential of the photoconductive drum Fig. 4-5 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved COPY PROCESS 4 - 4...
  • Page 103 Light Scanning section control PC board Difference between "light " and "dark" is divided into 256 steps. Image processing section Dark Fig. 4-7 Fig. 4-8 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C COPY PROCESS 4 - 5...
  • Page 104 Image processing section Laser driving PC board Polygonal mirror Semiconductor laser element Drum-Y Drum-M Drum-C Drum-K Fig. 4-9 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved COPY PROCESS 4 - 6...
  • Page 105 Image is developed by toner - 300V When the (–) potential of the photoconductive drum is lower than - 200V the developer bias. - 100V Fig. 4-12 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C COPY PROCESS 4 - 7...
  • Page 106 This reduces deterioration of the developer material by automatically exchanging carrier in use for new carrier supplied with toner in a small amount at a time. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved COPY PROCESS 4 - 8...
  • Page 107 In the copy process of this equipment, images are transferred in the order of Y→M→C→K on the transfer belt. 1st transfer roller Transfer belt Transfer belt Toner Photoconductive drum Fig. 4-15 Fig. 4-16 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C COPY PROCESS 4 - 9...
  • Page 108 The paper is subjected to the heat and pressure when passing through the fuser belt and the pressure roller. ↓ (Fusing) The toner on the paper is fused to it. Pressure roller Pressure Fuser belt Fuser roller Satellite roller Fig. 4-18 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved COPY PROCESS 4 - 10...
  • Page 109 All of the (–) charge remaining on the photoconductive drum is conducted away to ground. ↓ Preparation for the next copying process is completed. Photoconductive drum Discharge LED array Fig. 4-20 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C COPY PROCESS 4 - 11...
  • Page 110 Recovered Non-reusable drum cleaning toner Transfer Discharging by the conductive charge recovery blade removal ← 9. Transfer belt cleaning Blade cleaning ← 10.Discharge LED array (red) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved COPY PROCESS 4 - 12...
  • Page 111 Cleaning None Heater ON/OFF control and power ON/OFF control and power control by temperature control by thermistor thermopile/thermistor Heater Heater lamp IH coil + Heater lamp © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C COPY PROCESS 4 - 13...
  • Page 112 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved COPY PROCESS 4 - 14...

  • Page 113: Overview Of Operation

    Overview of Operation Operation of equipment Operation during initializing, pre-running and ready Drawer feed copying by the [ START ] button Copying operation Bypass feed copying Interrupt copying © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 1...
  • Page 114 → The polygonal motor (M34) rotates at high speed for 30 seconds. *1: Image quality control and color registration control should be performed only at a change of environment or at periodical maintenance. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 2...

  • Page 115: Ready (Ready For Copying)

    → The Scan motor (M1) is turned OFF. → The Registration motor (M39) is turned OFF (after the trailing edge of the paper passed the registration roller). → “READY (PRINTING)” is displayed. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 3...
  • Page 116 → The drum motor (M27, M28), transfer belt motor (M13), 2nd transfer motor (M9) and discharge LED-Y, -M, -C, -K (ERS) OFF. → 2nd transfer roller reverse rotating e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 4...
  • Page 117 → The drum, fuser unit and developer unit are stopped. The fans return to rotate at the normal rotation speed. → “READY” is displayed and the equipment enters into the ready mode. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C GENERAL OPERATION...
  • Page 118 Timing chart for copying (A4/LT size, 1 sheet from 1st drawer, Upper exit tray) 1. Color copy Fig. 5-1 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 6...
  • Page 119 2. Black copy (e-STUDIO6530C) Fig. 5-2 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 7...
  • Page 120 3. Black copy (e-STUDIO5520C/6520C) Fig. 5-3 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 8...

  • Page 121: Bypass Feed Copying

    → “Ready to resume job 1” is displayed. 4. Press the [START] button The copying operation before the interruption is resumed. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 9...

  • Page 122: Detection Of Abnormality

    Based on the combination of the tray-up motor (M44, M45) movement and the status of the tray-up sensor and empty sensor, The CPU detects the presence of paper. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 10...
  • Page 123 It is judged that there is no paper.  The drawer area of the control panel blinks. (When the drawer is selected)  The copying operation is stopped. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 11...
  • Page 124 Toner cartridge empty display: The auto toner sensor detects that the density is not reached and color/black copies can be made until the toner cartridge empty status is determined Solution: Replace the toner cartridge with new one. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 12...
  • Page 125 Paper jam (E011) The copying operation is stopped. • Immediately after the power is turned ON  Any of the sensors on the paper transport path detects paper (ON).  Paper jam (E030) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 13...
  • Page 126 Check the error code displayed on the control panel when “Call for service” appears, and deal with the abnormality referring to the error code table.  P.25-2 "25.2 Error Code List" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 14...

  • Page 127: Flow Chart

    "C411" Fuser "C412" belt ready for drawer feed sensor pre-running? "C443" "C445" Paper jam "C446" "C449" "E030" Fuser motor ON "C465" Tray-up motor ON "C466" "C468" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 15...
  • Page 128 Call for service temp. abnormal? "C411" "C412" "C413" "C445" "C446" Fuser belt "C449" reached ready "C465" temp. ? "C466" "C468" Fuser motor OFF Tray-up motor OFF READY e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 16...

  • Page 129: Automatic Feed Copying

    Color printed? Exit sensor check leading edge? Paper jam "E010" Exit sensor check trailing edge? Paper jam "E020" Transport motor OFF Exit motor OFF READY READY © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 17...
  • Page 130 Laser emission ( cyan image ) Drum motor OFF Transfer belt motor OFF Discharge LED OFF 1st transfer ( cyan image ) Processing system control completed e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 18...
  • Page 131 Call for service "CEC0" 2nd transfer bias OFF Performs Drum phasing Drum motor OFF Transfer belt motor OFF Discharge LED OFF Processing system control completed © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 19...
  • Page 132 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved GENERAL OPERATION 5 - 20...

  • Page 133: Control Panel

    Also, the [ON/OFF] button can be used in the following manner for example: press the [ON/OFF] button while holding down the [0] and [5] buttons simultaneously to activate the Adjustment Mode (05). Fig. 6-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTROL PANEL...
  • Page 134 Displays error code, paper jam position and guidance for cleaning paper jams, etc. Error code Error message Guidance for clearing paper jams Paper jam symbols Fig. 6-3 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTROL PANEL 6 - 2...
  • Page 135 Displayed during image quality (Performing Auto control adjustment Calibration) • Scanning is enabled. Ready for bypass feeding Paper is set on the bypass tray COPYING At the copying state © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTROL PANEL 6 - 3...
  • Page 136 Select the same size Displayed when the size of insertion insert2 sheets as the sheet (sheet 2) is different from that originals of other pages at Sheet Insertion Mode e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTROL PANEL 6 - 4...
  • Page 137 Displayed for confirming with the store original(s) user whether to copy the data stored Will you print out stored in the memory in its full state originals? © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTROL PANEL 6 - 5...
  • Page 138 Displayed when the Department Leave it for a while and key in the a while Code can no be keyed in code again immediately after power-ON. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTROL PANEL 6 - 6...
  • Page 139 (Fig. 18-10) Readjust from IQC- Appears when performing image Perform “Automatic initialization of Adjustment quality control is required image quality control (05-396)” © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTROL PANEL 6 - 7...

  • Page 140: Relation Between The Equipment State And Operator's Operation

    Press [START] Displays “COPYING” “Wait Warming Up Auto Display not Display not changed button with the Start” is displayed changed original set on RADF e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTROL PANEL 6 - 8...
  • Page 141 “COPYING” and changed “COPYING” “COPYING” and mode is cleared original set on RADF starts and RADF RADF starts and displays RADF feeding starts feeding feeding BASIC screen © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTROL PANEL 6 - 9...
  • Page 142 * TFT: Thin Film Transistor * CCFL: Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp 2. Block diagram DC-DC Converter Gradation voltage generation circuit Panel Controller X Driver Fig. 6-5 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTROL PANEL 6 - 10...
  • Page 143 800 x R,G,B x 600 dots Analog Touch panel input UART Decoder Panel processing Serial data Hard-key matrix LED driver Buzzer LED drive circuit [ON/OFF] Button Main Power LED Fig. 6-6 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTROL PANEL 6 - 11...

  • Page 144: Led Display Circuit

    1. The transistor (Q1) connected to the LED anode is ON. 2. The transistor (Q11) connected to the LED cathode side is ON. The LED is turned ON when 1) and 2) are satisfied. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTROL PANEL 6 - 12...

  • Page 145: Control Panel Unit

    Disconnect 1 connector and release 1 clamp. Fig. 6-9 Remove 4 screws. Take off the control panel unit by lifting it up. Control panel unit Fig. 6-10 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTROL PANEL 6 - 13...
  • Page 146  P.6-14 "6.5.2 Control panel rear cover" Disconnect 5 connectors. Fig. 6-12 Remove 4 screws and then take off the display PC board. Display PC board Fig. 6-13 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTROL PANEL 6 - 14...

  • Page 147: Panel Inverter Board (P-Inv)

    Be sure to use the correct cable (white or blue) when assembling. blue Fig. 6-14 Remove 3 screws and then take off the panel inverter board. Panel inverter board Fig. 6-15 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTROL PANEL 6 - 15...
  • Page 148 6.5.5 Shielding plate Disconnect 6 connectors. Fig. 6-16 Release the harness from 1 harness clamp. Fig. 6-17 Remove 5 screws. Fig. 6-18 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTROL PANEL 6 - 16...
  • Page 149 Shield bracket Fig. 6-20 Note: When installing the shield bracket, pass the harness through its hole. Shield bracket Fig. 6-21 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTROL PANEL 6 - 17...
  • Page 150 Touch panel (TCP) Take off the shielding plate.  P.6-16 "6.5.5 Shielding plate" Remove 4 screws and then take off the touch Touch panel panel. Fig. 6-24 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTROL PANEL 6 - 18...

  • Page 151: Control Panel Cover

    6.5.9 Control panel cover Release 4 latches and then take off the control panel cover. latch Control panel cover Fig. 6-25 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C CONTROL PANEL 6 - 19...
  • Page 152 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTROL PANEL 6 - 20...

  • Page 153: General Description

    RADF original glass Reflector Original glass Lens Exposure lamp Rail for carriage-2 Drive pulley Rail for carriage-1 Carriage-2 SLG board Carriage-1 CCD board Fig. 7-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 1...
  • Page 154 Carriage home position sensor (S6) Platen sensor (S7) Rubber damper SLG board cooling fan (F1) Exposure lamp cooling fan-1 (F2) Scanner unit cooling fan-1 (F3) Exposure lamp cooling fan-2 (F26) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 2...
  • Page 155 Carriage-1 consists of the exposure lamp (EXP), Inverter board (INV), reflector, mirror-1, etc. It is driven by the scan motor (M1) and scans an original on the glass. Reflector Lamp inverter Exposure lamp Mirror-1 Fig. 7-2 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 3...
  • Page 156 4. Lens unit The light reflected from the mirror-3 is led to the CCD placed at the focal point of the lens which is fixed in a position. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 4...
  • Page 157 7. Automatic original detection sensor (S1-5) The size of an original placed on the glass is instantly detected using the automatic original detection sensors (S1-5) fixed on the base frame without moving the carriage-1. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER...
  • Page 158 • Carriage speed The carriage speed of the original placed on the original glass in the color mode is the same as that in the black mode. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 6...

  • Page 159: Initialization At Power-On

    Carriage home position Deceleration Stop data set Deceleration Stop Meet conditions? Pre-scanning Moving peak detection position Peak detection Completion of initialization Moving carriage waiting position Scanning command © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 7...

  • Page 160: Control Signal

    Reference clock MOTEN Enable signal MOTDIR Rotation direction signal MOTRST Reset signal Normal operation Reset * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 8...

  • Page 161: Exposure Lamp Control Circuit

    OFF Original Shading correction plate Exposure lamp ( Xenon lamp ) Lighting device for exposure lamp (Inverter board) CCD sensor SLG board Scanner CCD board Fig. 7-8 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 9...
  • Page 162 ( 5 ) Fluorescer ( 6 ) Visible light ( irradiated from the opening to outside the pipe ) ( 7 ) Opening ( 8 ) Harness Fig. 7-10 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 10...
  • Page 163 Exposure lamp enable signal Condition Exposure LAMPON-0 WDTOUT-0 5VSOW-0 LMPEN-0 +5VSW State of equipment lamp Normal operation Scanner CPU overdriving Call for service Abnormality detected (Check sum error) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 11...

  • Page 164: General Description Of Ccd Control

    (S-K) I = k (W-K) Coefficient Image data before correction Black data (stored in "Black" memory) White data (stored in "White" memory) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 12...

  • Page 165: Automatic Original Size Detection Circuit

    (when scanning black image). [ A4 Series ] [ LT Series ] Original Original glass Original Original glass APS-R APS-R APS-C APS-C APS-2 APS-2 APS-3 APS-3 APS-1 Fig. 7-13 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 13...
  • Page 166 +5VAPS +5VAPS +5.1VB +5.1VB APS-R APS-R APS-C APS-C Reflection type Reflection type Scanner Scanner APS-3 photosensor photosensor APS-3 APS-2 APS-1 APS-2 SLG board SLG board Fig. 7-14 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 14...
  • Page 167 Sensor detection points [A4 Series] APS-R APS-3 A5–R B5–R A4–R APS-C APS-2 APS-1 Fig. 7-15 [LT Series] APS-R APS-3 ST–R APS-C LT–R APS-2 Fig. 7-16 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 15...
  • Page 168 The latest original size (or no original state) recognized right before the platen sensor (S7) is turned ON is retained regardless of the status the APS sensor output signals. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 16...
  • Page 169 The light emitting diode is driven by a pulse having a 130 µsec. cycle and an 8 µsec. ON time. When the phototransistor receives the same signal as this pulse, it is determined that there is an original. The pulse modulation is performed inside the reflection type phototransistor. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER...
  • Page 170 Fig. 7-20 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 18...

  • Page 171: Lens Cover

    Take off the lens cover.  P.7-19 "7.6.2 Lens cover" SLG board cooling fan Remove 2 screws and disconnect 1 connector. Take off the SLG board cooling fan. Fig. 7-23 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 19...
  • Page 172  P.7-18 "7.6.1 Original glass" Take off the lens cover.  P.7-19 "7.6.2 Lens cover" Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and take off the APS sensor. Fig. 7-26 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 20...
  • Page 173 Disconnect 1 connector each, release 2 latches each and take off 3 APS sensors. Latch Fig. 7-27 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 21...

  • Page 174: Exposure Lamp (Exp)

    Disconnect the connector of the exposure lamp. Note: When disconnecting the connector, pay attention not to give load to the carriage frame. Release the harness from the harness clamp. Fig. 7-30 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 22...
  • Page 175 Exposure lamp cooling fan-1 (F2) Open the RADF. Take off the original glass.  P.7-18 "7.6.1 Original glass" Move the carriage-1 to the right side. Fig. 7-33 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 23...
  • Page 176 Scanner unit cooling fan-1 (F3) Take off the top rear cover.  P.3-47 "3.5.20 Top rear cover" Remove 3 screws and take off the duct Duct cover cover. Fig. 7-36 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 24...
  • Page 177 Pass the cable through cutout of the duct to install it in the equipment. Duct Fig. 7-38 Disconnect 1 connector and take off the Scanner unit scanner unit cooling fan-1. cooling fan-1 Fig. 7-39 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 25...
  • Page 178 Move the carriage-1 to the right side. Fig. 7-40 Note: Rotate the drive pulley to move the carriage. Drive pulley Fig. 7-41 Remove the seal and then disconnect 1 connector. Seal Fig. 7-42 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 26...
  • Page 179 (left), be sure that you do not Purple use the wrong one. Fig. 7-44 Take off the upper exhaust fan (left). Upper exhaust fan (left) Fig. 7-45 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 27...
  • Page 180 (right), be sure that you do not Black use the wrong one. Fig. 7-46 Take off the upper exhaust fan (right). Upper exhaust fan (right) Fig. 7-47 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 28...
  • Page 181 Fig. 7-49 4. Handle the unit with care. Do not touch the adjusted area and lens. (Hold the unit as the right figure.) Fig. 7-50 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 29...

  • Page 182: Scan Motor (M1)

    Scan motor (M1) Remove the RADF. Take off the top rear cover.  P.3-47 "3.5.20 Top rear cover" Bracket Remove 4 screws and take off the blacket. Fig. 7-53 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 30...
  • Page 183 Fig. 7-55 Remove the square seal fixing the lamp harness to the base. Disconnect the Connector Seal connector of the lamp harness from the SLG board Fig. 7-56 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 31...
  • Page 184 Then take off the carriage-1. Note: When replacing the mirror-1, replace the carriage-1 together with mirror-1. Mirror-1 should not be removed. Fig. 7-59 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 32...

  • Page 185: Inverter Board (Inv)

    Remove 4 screws and take off the inverter cover and inverter board. Fig. 7-61 Remove 2 screws and take off the inverter board. Inverter board Fig. 7-62 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 33...
  • Page 186 Wire holder jig Wire holder jig Fig. 7-64 Detach the tension springs of the front and rear sides. Tension spring Remove the carriage wires. Tension spring Fig. 7-65 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 34...
  • Page 187 Idler pulley wire is normal. Wire pulley Hook Tension spring Fig. 7-67 [Rear] Carriage-2 Carriage wire Bracket for carriage-1 Hook Idler pulley Wire pulley Tension spring Fig. 7-68 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 35...
  • Page 188 2. The wire should come out of the slot of Wire holder jig the wire holder jig and be passed under the arm of it. Wire holder jig Fig. 7-71 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 36...

  • Page 189: Carriage Home Position Sensor (S6)

    Open the RADF. Take off the lens cover.  P.7-19 "7.6.2 Lens cover" Disconnect 10 connectors, remove 4 screws and take off the SLG board. SLG board Fig. 7-74 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 37...
  • Page 190 Make sure that the sections A and B of the carriage-2 touch with the exit side frame. Exit frame [ Rear ] [ Front ] Enlarged view of carriage Fig. 7-76 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 38...

  • Page 191: Belt Tension Adjustment Of The Scan Motor

    The scan motor is pulled by the belt tension jig. Fix screw-A and then -C at the stopped position. Remove the belt tension jig. Pully Scan motor Fig. 7-77 Belt tension jig Fig. 7-78 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SCANNER 7 - 39...
  • Page 192 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SCANNER 7 - 40...

  • Page 193: Image Processing

    The image processing section inputs the image signal from the scanning control section and applies various image processing on the signal, then transmits the output result to the writing control section. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C...
  • Page 194 Scanner high quality image processing Printer high quality image processing LGC board ASIC : Image data flow Laser related control LDR board ASIC Laser drive Fig. 8-2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 2...

  • Page 195: Image Processing Pc Board (Img)

    K (Black) signal is generated from the CMY image data. Based on this K signal, the CMY image data is corrected to suppress hue on reproducing grays or to make the black look more real. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C...
  • Page 196 “a” and “b” respectively. X is converted to X’ through the low pass filtering. When the matrix is (3 x 1): a+b+x x' = Fig. 8-4 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 4...
  • Page 197 Solid black area Low contrast area Original Image signal After correction Fig. 8-6 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 5...
  • Page 198 RADF is not fully closed. This function erases this area and prints only the required image data. 13.Smoothing processing This function removes jaggy and smooths character outline of images and output them. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 6...
  • Page 199 This function corrects the image signals scanned by the scanner and reproduces them in a higher image quality. 15.Printer high quality image processing This function reproduces the image signals output from the printer controller in a higher image quality. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 7...

  • Page 200: Functions Of Image Processing Circuit

    4. Brightness adjustment (PCL6C) This function adjusts brightness of the printer data. 5. Contrast adjustment (PostScript, PCL6C) The contrast adjustment is applied to the print data. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 8...
  • Page 201 8.7.1 Automatic gamma adjustment ( PRT ) 1008, 1004 - 0 to 8 ( Chapter 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9 ) Adjust the image quality if necessary. Fig. 8-8 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 9...

  • Page 202: Adjustment Of The Auto-Toner Sensor

    Press the [OK] button, turn the power OFF and check the developer unit. Developer is abnormal. Turn the power off and check the developer unit. (Y, M) Y: x.xxV M: x.xxV C: x.xxV K: x.xxV Fig. 8-11 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 10...
  • Page 203 (7) starts without that in step (4) to (6). (10) Turn the power OFF. (11) Take out the developer cartridge. (12) Install the sub-hopper unit to the equipment. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 11...

  • Page 204: Performing Image Quality Control (Iqc)

    • Transfer belt • 1st transfer roller • Drum cleaning blade • Needle electrode • Main charger grid • Image position aligning sensor • Image quality sensor e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 12...
  • Page 205 5. Perform steps (A) to (D) in <Procedure>. <Other abnormalities> Take the appropriate action described in Troubleshooting.  P.25-1 "25. ERROR CODE and TROUBLESHOOTING" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 13...

  • Page 206: Adjustment Of Color Registration Control

    5. Perform steps (A) to (D) in <Procedure>. <Other abnormalities> Take the appropriate action described in Troubleshooting.  P.25-1 "25. ERROR CODE and TROUBLESHOOTING" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 14...

  • Page 207: Image Dimensional Adjustment (General Description)

    Image location of primary scanning direction adjustment Reproduction ratio of secondary scanning direction Image location of secondary scanning direction Top margin Right margin Bottom margin © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 15...
  • Page 208 If the test copy does not satisfy the specified values, 100% return to step 1 and repeat the adjustment COPYING procedure. Power OFF/ON : Exit the Adjustment Mode. Fig. 8-14 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 16...

  • Page 209: Paper Alignment At The Registration Roller

    Paper alignment at the registration roller can be adjusted in the following procedure by performing the code 05-480. 1. Select the drawer. Fig. 8-15 2. Select the paper size. Fig. 8-16 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 17...
  • Page 210 3. Select the media type. Fig. 8-17 4. Select the copy speed. (“75ppm” for the black copying in e-STUDIO6530C or “Other” for others) Fig. 8-18 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 18...
  • Page 211 5. Key in the adjustment value. Fig. 8-19 6. Press the [ENTER] button to finish the adjustment. * Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] button to return to the previous menu. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 19...
  • Page 212 Thick paper 4 (Color) Tandem LCF Thick paper 1 Thick paper 2 Thick paper 3 (Black) Thick paper 3 (Color) 4111 Plain paper 4126 Plain paper (High speed/black) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 20...
  • Page 213 (77.3 lb. Cover to 94.5 lb. Cover (141.4 lb. Index)) Thick paper 4: 257 to 300 g/m (94.5 lb. Cover to 110 lb. Cover (150 lb. Index)) *2: e-STUDIO6530C: Black only © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 21...
  • Page 214 If the aligning amount is too small, on the other hand, a skew, an image dislocation in feeding direction or a paper exit jam (E010) may occur. Pay attention to the above and select the appropriate value. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 22...

  • Page 215: Printer-Related Image Dimensional Adjustment

    Refer to “[D] Image position of secondary scanning direction (Laser writing start position)” 52 ± 0.5mm Refer to “[E] Primary scanning data laser writing start position at duplexing” © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 23...
  • Page 216 → Press [98] → [FAX] → (A grid pattern is printed out.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance A becomes (approx. 0.1 mm/step). e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 24...
  • Page 217 * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance B becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/ step). Note: Make sure the first line of the grid pattern is printed out since the line is occasionally vanished. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 25...
  • Page 218 “1” to “11” are adjusted, the result cannot be confirmed in the grid pattern outputted by pressing [0][5] → [98] → [FAX]. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 26...
  • Page 219 For long paper (length: 484 mm to 1,200 mm) and A3/LD, it is recommended to adjust the distance C above within the range of 199.5 mm and 200 mm otherwise the margin of the trailing edge may be deleted. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING...
  • Page 220 → Press [98] ([3] for duplexing) → [FAX] → (A grid pattern is printed out.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance D becomes (approx. 0.10 mm/step). e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 28...
  • Page 221 → Press [3] → [FAX] → (A grid pattern is printed out.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance E becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/ step). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING...
  • Page 222 → 52±0.5 mm (0.10 mm/step) 05-443 (2nd drawer, A4/LT) → 52±0.5 mm (0.10 mm/step) E: 05-498-0 (2nd drawer, A3/LD), → 52±0.5 mm (0.04 mm/step) 05-498-1 (1st drawer, A4/LT) 05-498-2 (A4-R/LT-R) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 30...

  • Page 223: [A] Image Distortion

    Fig. 8-22 While pressing [0] and [5] simultaneously, turn the power ON. Press [FAX] to make a copy of any image on a sheet of A3/LD paper. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 31...
  • Page 224 Product name: 1401E The following adjustments (b) to (e) should be performed with Test Chart No. TCC-1.  P.8-38 " Adjustments and Checks using Test Chart No. TCC-1" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 32...
  • Page 225 → (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255)) → [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] (Stored in memory) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance C becomes (approx. 0.02 mm/ step). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 33...

  • Page 226: [E] Image Location Of Secondary Scanning Direction

    → (Key in a value (acceptable values: 68 to 188)) → [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] (Stored in memory) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance D becomes (approx. 0.09 mm/ step). e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 34...

  • Page 227: [F] Top Margin

    “in the plus direction” in order to prevent paper jamming. Range of top margin adjustment (e.g.) Function Black Color Copy 3.0 - 5.0 mm 5.0 - 7.0 mm © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 35...

  • Page 228: [G] Right Margin

    → (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the right side becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Feeding direction Fig. 8-26 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 36...

  • Page 229: [H] Bottom Margin

    → (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the trailing edge becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Feeding direction Fig. 8-27 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 37...
  • Page 230 A: 05-4773 → 200±0.5 mm (0.1 mm/step) B: 05-306 → 5±0.5 mm (0.04 mm/step) C: 05-340 → 150±0.5 mm (0.02 mm/step) D: 05-305 → 10±0.5 mm (0.08 mm/step) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 38...
  • Page 231 : For checking reproduction of text [13] Thin lines : For checking reproduction of the thin lines (line width: 100µm) [14] Note area : For recording the date, conditions, etc. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 39...
  • Page 232 Y, M, C and K can be corrected by performing this (580) automatic gamma adjustment. The result will be applied to all paper sizes. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 40...
  • Page 233 Then, check if the patch chart on the original glass is placed in the wrong direction or if it is placed inclined on the original glass, and then repeat step (3) and afterward. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING...

  • Page 234: Density Adjustment

    Press the [FAX] button and then press the [START] button to make a test copy. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (5). e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 42...

  • Page 235: Color Balance Adjustment

    Press the [FAX] button and then press the [START] button to make a test copy. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING...
  • Page 236 No. TCC-1 chart can be used as a guide for the range of the density area influenced by the change of the adjustment value (low density, medium density, high density). Low density Medium density High density Fig. 8-30 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 44...

  • Page 237: Gamma Balance Adjustment

    Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P.8-40 "8.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment". <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-43 "8.6.3 Color balance adjustment". © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 45...

  • Page 238: Background Adjustment

    Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make adjustment using the following procedure. <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-42 "8.6.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 46...
  • Page 239 Note: You have to make adjustment by balancing between moire and sharpness. <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-42 "8.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 47...

  • Page 240: Setting Range Correction

    Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary, make adjustment. <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-42 "8.6.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 48...

  • Page 241: Adjustment Of Smudged/Faint Text

    Cyan the closer to Magenta the color becomes. color becomes. Note: The color may not always be reproduced precisely due to the characteristics of the fluorescent ink. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 49...

  • Page 242: Beam Level Conversion Setting

    3. The setting value must increase as the beam level number (0 to 4) becomes higher. Do not increase this order when setting the values. 4. Usually, beam level 4 / 4 is most effective on black mode. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 50...

  • Page 243: Maximum Toner Density Adjustment To Paper Type

    Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P.8-40 "8.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment". <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-42 "8.6.2 Density adjustment". © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 51...

  • Page 244: Text/Photo Reproduction Level Adjustment

    The boundary between Red and Black may not be smooth when the setting value is “1”. <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-42 "8.6.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 52...

  • Page 245: Black Header Density Level Adjustment

    The larger the value is, the more an original tends to be judged as a adjustment for blank bank sheet. original Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 53...

  • Page 246: Background Offsetting Adjustment For Adf

    The larger the value is, the lighter the background density becomes. Acceptable values: 0 to 255 Mono Color 7765 (Default: 128) Twin Color 7766 mode ACS Black 7675 Black 7025 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 54...
  • Page 247 Special paper 2 1008 1009 All type paper * If the code 1008 (600dpi) or 1009 (1200dpi) is performed, the adjustment will be applied to all paper types. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 55...
  • Page 248 (3) and afterward. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 56...

  • Page 249: Gamma Balance Adjustment (Black Mode)

    For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Let the equipment restart and perform the printing job. If the image density has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING...
  • Page 250 “8.7.1Automatic gamma adjustment” can be used as a guide for the range of the density area influenced by the adjustment with the change of the adjustment value (low density, medium density, high density). density Medium density High density Fig. 8-31 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 58...
  • Page 251 “8.7.1Automatic gamma adjustment” can be used as a guide for the range of the density area influenced by the adjustment with the printer driver and the change of the adjustment value (low density, medium density, high density (Refer to P.8-58 "Fig. 8-31"). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING...

  • Page 252: Adjustment Of Faint Text

    7302-1 7302-2 (1200dpi) Color mode 8161-0 8161-1 8161-2 (1200dpi) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-57 "8.7.2 Gamma balance adjustment (Black Mode)". e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 60...

  • Page 253: Maximum Toner Density Adjustment (Ohp)

    Acceptable values: 1 to 255 <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-57 "8.7.2 Gamma balance adjustment (Black Mode)". © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 61...

  • Page 254: "Pureblack/Puregray" Threshold Adjustment (Pcl)

    8214 Graphics becomes. 8215 Image Acceptable values: 1 to 255 <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-60 "8.7.4 Adjustment of faint text". e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 62...

  • Page 255: Toner Limit Threshold Adjustment

    (EFI Printer Board) 1: Low screen ruling value (rougher image) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-60 "8.7.4 Adjustment of faint text". © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 63...

  • Page 256: Sharpness Adjustment

    Sets whether or not to replace the image object with black at the time of twin color printing. 0: OFF 1: ON (replacing with black) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-60 "8.7.4 Adjustment of faint text". e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 64...
  • Page 257 (1200dpi) Black 8018-0 8021-0 8018-1 8021-1 8018-2 8021-2 (1200dpi) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-57 "8.7.2 Gamma balance adjustment (Black Mode)". © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 65...
  • Page 258 For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job. If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7). e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 66...
  • Page 259 Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 67...

  • Page 260: Background Adjustment (Color Mode)

    Auto Color Mode. The smaller the value is, the more it tends to be judged as color. Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 70) <Procedure>: The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-67 "8.8.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 68...
  • Page 261 1: Background peak - 8361 8362 8363 8365 Range correction (Manual varied density adjustment) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-67 "8.8.2 Density adjustment". © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 69...

  • Page 262: Fine Adjustment Of Black Density

    Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job. If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 70...

  • Page 263: Rgb Conversion Method Selection

    Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job. If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 71...

  • Page 264: Background Processing Offset Adjustment

    Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P.8-67 "8.8.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 72...
  • Page 265 Turn the power OFF. <Confirmation> If possible, perform a Fax transmission and check the adjusted density with the image on the recipient's side. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 73...
  • Page 266 1. The setting value must increase as the beam level number (0 to 4) becomes higher. Do not increase this order when setting the values. 2. Usually, beam level 4 / 4 is most effective on black mode. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE PROCESSING 8 - 74...

  • Page 267: Laser Optical Unit

    The unit must not be disassembled in the field as they are very sensitive to dust and finely adjusted at the factory. Shutter Shutter sensor (end position) Slit glass Shutter sensor (home position) Shutter motor Laser optical unit Fig. 9-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 1...
  • Page 268 Laser driving PC board (Y) Laser diode (Y) Fine focus lens (Y) Aperture (Y) Mirror motor (M) Cylinder lens (Y) Pre-deflection reflecting mirror lens-2 Fig. 9-2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 2...
  • Page 269 The following images show the laser beam being emitted from the apertures of the laser diode. Drum laser beam Laser emitting aperture Laser diode Fig. 9-3 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 3...
  • Page 270 “CAUTION. HOT”, “CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE”, “CAUTION. LASER BEAM”, etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 4...
  • Page 271 One scan is completed by one completion of steps (A) to (C). One scan is performed on one plane of the polygonal mirror. Eight scans can be performed in one rotation. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 5...
  • Page 272 H-Sync detection mirror and enters the PIN diode on the H-Sync signal detection PC board (SNS). The primary scanning synchronizing signal is generated based on this reflection. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 6...
  • Page 273 With the Y color scanning line as a standard, a mirror motor installed at each of the M, C and K color beam mirrors is driven to adjust the degree of laser beam parallelization by inclining the mirror. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C...
  • Page 274 ON, printing starts, printing ends or image quality control is performed. Brush Shutter sensor (end position) Shutter sensor (home position) Slit glass Shutter motor Shutter Link Fig. 9-9 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 8...
  • Page 275 Laser power Laser driver comparison circuit circuit Monitor output Monitor efficiency regulation circuit Semiconductive laser Fig. 9-11 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 9...

  • Page 276: Polygonal Motor Control Circuit

    High level Low level PMMTR Motor ON signal PMCK Reference clock PMSNC Ready (PLL control) signal Stopping or error Locked (Rotating at a constant speed) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 10...

  • Page 277: Mirror Motor Control Circuit

    +24VD2 IC101 Mirror motor-K IC111 TILTK Fig. 9-13 Control signal Status Signal Function High level Low level TILT0/1/2/3 Mirror motor phase signal TILTM/C/K Enable signal © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 11...
  • Page 278 Signal Motor to be driven TILTM TILTC TILTK Mirror motor-M Mirror motor-C Mirror motor-K None (No tilt adjustment) * Not available in the above combination e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 12...
  • Page 279 Then remove 1 screw and a grounding terminal to take off the bracket. Fig. 9-15 Install the removed harness clamp in the hole of the frame. Fig. 9-16 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 13...
  • Page 280 Remove 2 screws and then take off the EPU cooling fan duct. Fig. 9-19 Release 1 latch and then take off the ozone suctioning fan duct. Fig. 9-20 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 14...
  • Page 281 6. When the laser optical unit has been taken off, keep the shutter closed unless otherwise required. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 15...
  • Page 282 When installing the laser optical unit cooling duct to the equipment, set its harness as shown in the figure. Fig. 9-25 Release 1 rocking support. Fig. 9-26 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 16...
  • Page 283 Latch Latch Fig. 9-29 Take off the laser optical unit cooling fan (front). Laser optical unit cooling fan (front) Fig. 9-30 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 17...
  • Page 284 Release 2 latches and take off the duct cover. Latch Take off the laser optical unit cooling fan (rear). Latch Duct cover Laser optical unit cooling fan (rear) Fig. 9-33 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 18...

  • Page 285: Shutter Motor

     P.9-13 "9.4.1 Laser optical unit" Note: Make sure that the shutter is closed. Remove 2 screws and disconnect 1 connector. Take off the shutter motor. Shutter motor Fig. 9-36 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 19...
  • Page 286  P.9-19 "9.4.4 Shutter" Disconnect 1 connector. Fig. 9-37 Release 2 latches and take off the shutter sensor (home position). Shutter sensor (home position) Latch Fig. 9-38 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 20...
  • Page 287 Polygonal motor replacement is not recommended in the field; the image quality is not guaranteed in such a case. Take off the laser optical unit.  P.9-13 "9.4.1 Laser optical unit" Fig. 9-41 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 21...
  • Page 288 2. When installing the polygonal motor, neither hold the condenser (element) on the board nor damage the mirror with a screwdriver. Polygonal motor Fig. 9-44 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved LASER OPTICAL UNIT 9 - 22...

  • Page 289: Paper Feeding System

    Media sensor 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th drawer paper size detection sensor-2 Transfer belt paper clinging detection sensor Feed cover sensor © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 1...
  • Page 290 Tandem LCF feed sensor Stopper opening/closing solenoid (rear) Tandem LCF solenoid Tandem LCF tray-up motor Standby side tray paper amount detection Tandem LCF end fence motor sensor e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 2...
  • Page 291 Tandem LCF transport roller Tandem LCF feed sensor Tandem LCF transport sensor Tandem LCF solenoid SOL9 Tandem LCF end fence motor Tandem LCF tray-up motor © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 3...
  • Page 292 Do not bring a magnet or other magnetized materials closer to the media sensor because it measures minute displacement amounts with magnetoresistance change. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 4...
  • Page 293 These sensors detect the size of the paper placed in each drawer. Paper sizes can be detected with the combination of switch signals that are sent by the movement of the end and side guides in each drawer. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM...

  • Page 294: Description Of Operation

    3rd drawer feed clutch (CLT5) Feed/transport motor (M43) 4th drawer transport clutch Feed/transport unit (CLT6) 4th drawer feed clutch (CLT7) Tray-up motor-2 (M45) Rear view Fig. 10-3 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 6...

  • Page 295: Operation Of Bypass Pickup Roller

    Bypass paper size detection sensor(S70) Bypass paper sensor(S71) Bypass feed roller Bypass pickup roller Pickup arm Bypass separation roller Bypass transport roller Bypass motor(M12) Bypass feed sensor(S72) Fig. 10-4 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 7...

  • Page 296: Operation Of Drawer Pickup Roller

    When the drawer is inserted, the protrusion at the rear side of the drawer pushes the lever to the direction of A. Then the pickup roller and roller holder are lowered by the spring force. Pickup roller Lever Insertion direction Fig. 10-5 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 8...

  • Page 297: Paper Size Detection

    The positions of the guides and the pusher in cases of A3 and A4-R are shown below as examples. A4-R End guide Pusher Side guide Drawer paper size detection sensor-1/2 Fig. 10-7 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 9...

  • Page 298: Separation Of Paper

    A is transported to the direction of the black arrow and the paper B is braked by the separation roller and is not transported any further. Feed roller Separation roller Fig. 10-9 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 10...

  • Page 299: General Operation

    The bypass motor (M12) is turned OFF, and then the bypass pickup roller, bypass feed roller and bypass transport roller are stopped. • The registration motor (M39) is turned ON and the paper is transported to the 2nd transfer position. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 11...
  • Page 300 The transport motor is turned OFF and the transport roller is stopped. • The registration motor and transport motor are turned ON and the paper is transported to the 2nd transfer position. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 12...
  • Page 301 RGMEN Enable signal RGMCW Rotation direction signal RGMRST Reset signal Normal operation Reset * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 13...
  • Page 302 1TRMEN Enable signal 1TRMCW Rotation direction signal 1TRMRST Reset signal Normal operation Reset * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 14...
  • Page 303 2TRMEN Enable signal 2TRMCW Rotation direction signal 2TRMRST Reset signal Normal operation Reset * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 15...

  • Page 304: Feed Motor Control Circuit

    PFMEN Enable signal PFMCW Rotation direction signal PFMRST Reset signal Normal operation Reset * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 16...

  • Page 305: Feed/Transport Motor Control Circuit

    * When the rotation speed of the motor is set to a low speed, FDMGA signal is changed to a low level to suppress the rotation fluctuation of the motor. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM...
  • Page 306 OFF (high impedance) Stop CW (Tray-up of 2nd drawer) CCW (Tray-up of 1st drawer) Brake * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 18...
  • Page 307 OFF (high impedance) Stop CW (Tray-up of 4th drawer) CCW (Tray-up of 3rd drawer) Brake * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 19...
  • Page 308 TLTRM-0 TLTRM-1 TLTRMA TLTRMB OFF (high impedance) Stop CCW (Tray-down) CW (Tray-up) Brake * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 20...
  • Page 309 TLTEMA TLTEMB OFF (high impedance) Stop CCW (Transporting movement) CW (Returning movement) Brake * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 21...

  • Page 310: Disassembly And Replacement

    When the optional LCF is installed, be sure to install the cover with the duplexing unit opened wider than the LCF. SFB lower cover Fig. 10-21 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 22...
  • Page 311 10.6.4 Bypass paper sensor (S71) Take off the bypass pickup solenoid.  P.10-23 "10.6.3 Bypass pickup solenoid (SOL8)" Take off the actuator. Actuator Fig. 10-24 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 23...

  • Page 312: Bypass Pickup Roller

    SFB upper cover Fig. 10-26 Remove 1 clip and pull out the shaft. Then take off the bypass pickup roller. Bypass pickup roller Fig. 10-27 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 24...
  • Page 313 Remove 1 E-ring, 1 belt, 1 pulley and 1 bearing. Belt Fig. 10-29 Remove 2 screws, and then take off the bypass upper unit. Bypass upper unit Fig. 10-30 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 25...

  • Page 314: Bypass Feed Roller

    Fig. 10-32 Move the shaft to the right side and remove the left bushing. Then take off the bypass transport roller. Bypass transfer roller Fig. 10-33 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 26...
  • Page 315 Belt Gear Fig. 10-34 Remove 1 screw and the grounding wire. Ground wire Fig. 10-35 Remove 4 screws and a bracket. Bracket Fig. 10-36 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 27...
  • Page 316 Remove 1 screw and take off the 1st drawer idling roller unit. Fig. 10-38 Remove 2 screws and take off the roller assembly. 1st drawer idling roller Fig. 10-39 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 28...

  • Page 317: Bypass Separation Roller

    10.6.11 Bypass separation roller Take off the bypass feed unit.  P.10-22 "10.6.2 Bypass feed unit" Remove 1 screw and take off the bracket. Blacket Fig. 10-42 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 29...
  • Page 318 Remove 2 screws and take off the SFB lower guide. Separation roller Note: Make sure not to damage the latch of the holder. Fig. 10-45 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 30...
  • Page 319 Upper tray Remove 5 screws and take off the upper tray. Fig. 10-47 Remove 1 screw and remove a plate spring. Plate spring Fig. 10-48 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 31...

  • Page 320: Drawer Feeding Unit

    Fig. 10-50 10.6.14 Drawer feeding unit Open the duplexing unit and the feed cover. Remove 1 clip and take off the feed cover. Fig. 10-51 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 32...

  • Page 321: Pick-Up Roller

    Take off the drawer feeding unit.  P.10-32 "10.6.14 Drawer feeding unit" Remove 1 clip and take off the pickup roller. Pickup roller Fig. 10-54 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 33...

  • Page 322: Separation Roller

    Remove 2 screws and 2 holder, and then take off the paper guide B and paper guide Holder Paper guide C Holder Paper guide B Fig. 10-57 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 34...
  • Page 323 Note: When reassembling, make sure the boss of the paper guide is securely inserted into the hole of the plate. Paper guide D Fig. 10-61 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 35...
  • Page 324 Then take off the sensor cover. Sensor cover Fig. 10-63 Release 3 latches and take off the drawer detection sensor. Drawer detection sensor Fig. 10-64 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 36...
  • Page 325 Take off the drawer feeding unit.  P.10-32 "10.6.14 Drawer feeding unit" Disconnect 1 connector and remove 1 screw. Then take off the sensor bracket. Blacket Fig. 10-67 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 37...
  • Page 326  P.10-32 "10.6.14 Drawer feeding unit" Disconnect 1 connector and release 3 latches. Then take off the drawer tray-up sensor. Drawer tray-up sensor Fig. 10-70 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 38...

  • Page 327: Registration Roller (Rubber)

    Make sure that the springs are installed in a correct position because those for the front side differ from those for the rear side. 53.1 mm Rear side 48.5 mm Fig. 10-73 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 39...
  • Page 328 Take off the paper dust cleaning brush quietly not to hit the bracket to the registration roller. Note: Clean paper dust on the brush, if any. Fig. 10-76 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 40...

  • Page 329: Registration Guide

    Take off the registration guide.  P.10-41 "10.6.27 Registration guide" Paper dust receiving tray Remove 3 screws and the paper dust receiving tray. Fig. 10-79 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 41...

  • Page 330: Registration Roller (Metal)

    (metal), be careful not to hit the roller gear on the rear side to the frame because it may scratch the roller. Registration roller (Metal) Fig. 10-82 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 42...
  • Page 331 Fig. 10-84 Note: Sensor holder When installing the sensor holder, screw it in while pressing it in the direction of the arrow. Fig. 10-85 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 43...
  • Page 332 Remove or fully loosen the adjustment screw. Screw Fig. 10-87 Disconnect 1 connector. Remove 1 screw and take off the media sensor by tilting it down. Bracket Fig. 10-88 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 44...
  • Page 333 3. After the sensor is installed, be sure that both sides of the sensor installation hole Window (fig. A) are not in contact with the sensor. Media sensor Fig. 10-90 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 45...
  • Page 334 When installing, engage the left roller of the drawer with the rail of the equipment, and then place the right roller on the rail. Fig. 10-93 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 46...
  • Page 335 Registration motor Fig. 10-95 Remove 2 screws and then take off the registration motor. Registration motor Fig. 10-96 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 47...
  • Page 336  P.10-48 "10.6.36 Feed/transport drive Plate unit" Remove 4 screws and a plate. Fig. 10-98 Remove 2 screws and then take off the transport motor-1. Transport motor-1 Fig. 10-99 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 48...
  • Page 337 Open the PFC board case.  P.20-8 "20.1.9 PFC board case" Remove 4 screws and take off the feed/ transport motor. Feed/transport motor Fig. 10-102 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 49...
  • Page 338 Bracket Fig. 10-104 Take off the 3rd drawer transport clutch and 3rd drawer feed clutch. 3rd drawer transport clutch 3rd drawer feed clutch Fig. 10-105 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 50...
  • Page 339  P.20-8 "20.1.9 PFC board case" Disconnect 1 connector and remove 4 screws. Then take off the tray drive unit. Tray drive unit Fig. 10-108 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 51...
  • Page 340 Take off the tray-up motor. Tray-up motor Fig. 10-110 Note: Match the boss of the gear with the hole of the cover when installing the motor. Fig. 10-111 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 52...
  • Page 341 Be careful in taking off the cover because there is a spring in the tray drive unit. Spring Fig. 10-113 Take off the tray-up motor. Tray-up motor Fig. 10-114 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 53...
  • Page 342 Remove 1 screw and slide the middle guide and then release 2 hooks. Middle guide Fig. 10-116 Disconnect 1 connector and then take off the middle guide. Middle guide Fig. 10-117 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 54...
  • Page 343 Tandem LCF tray-up motor unit Fig. 10-119 Release 2 latches and then take off the coupling and spring. Coupling Spring Fig. 10-120 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 55...
  • Page 344 LCF end fence motor when Fig. 10-122 installing them. Release 2 latches and then take off the coupling and spring. Coupling Spring Fig. 10-123 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 56...
  • Page 345 Fig. 10-125 Insert the tandem LCF feeding unit. Remove 3 screws, and then take off the Tandem LCF standby unit tandem LCF standby unit. Fig. 10-126 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 57...
  • Page 346 Remove 2 screws, release 2 hooks and then take off the stopper unit. Stopper unit Note: The position of the hook differs depending on the destination. Fig. 10-129 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 58...
  • Page 347 Stopper opening/closing detection sensor (front) Disconnect 1 connector and release 3 latches. Then take off the stopper opening/ closing detection sensor (front). Stopper opening/closing solenoid (front) Fig. 10-131 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 59...
  • Page 348 (rear). Disconnect 1 connector and release 3 latches. Then take off the stopper opening/ closing detection sensor (rear). Stopper opening/closing solenoid (rear) Fig. 10-134 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 60...
  • Page 349 Take off the tandem LCF feeding unit.  P.10-58 "10.6.50 Tandem LCF feeding Plate unit" Remove 4 screws, and then take off the plate. Fig. 10-137 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 61...
  • Page 350 Disconnect 1 connector and release 3 Standby side tray paper amount detection sensor latches. Then take off the standby side tray paper amount detection sensor. Fig. 10-141 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 62...
  • Page 351 Fig. 10-143 Disconnect 1 connector and release 3 latches. Then take off the end fence home End fence home position sensor position sensor. Fig. 10-144 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 63...
  • Page 352 Fig. 10-146 Disconnect 1 connector and release 3 latches. Then take off the end fence stop End fence stop position sensor position sensor. Fig. 10-147 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 64...
  • Page 353 Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and then take off the bracket. Release 3 latches and then take off the standby side tray detection sensor. Bracket Fig. 10-150 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 65...
  • Page 354 Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and then take off the bracket. Remove 2 screws, and then take off the Tandem LCF solenoid. Tandem LCF solenoid Fig. 10-151 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 66...

  • Page 355: Adjustment Of The Paper Feeding System

    Turn a screw to make the displayed adjustment value fall within the range from 460+/-100. The value increases to approx. 160 by turning the screw 360 degrees clockwise. Screw Fig. 10-153 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 67...

  • Page 356: Separation Roller Pressure Force Adjustment

    (but the roller life may become shorter). Note: The recommended moving distance of the bracket is within 2 or 3 scale marks. Fig. 10-155 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 68...

  • Page 357: Sheet Sideways Deviation Caused By Paper Transporting Adjustment

    [A] Removal of the drawer paper tray Take off the drawer. Adjust the side guides to the size of LG/LT-R. Rear side guide Front side guide Fig. 10-157 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 69...
  • Page 358 1 mm, you must move the side guide adjustment piece to the rear side by 1 mm and fix it. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 70...
  • Page 359 * Table of the adjustment combination of the gear holder and the side guide adjustment piece Default Moved Transport position moved to the Transport position moved to the rear side front side 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm Fig. 10-162 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 71...

  • Page 360: Adjusting The Clearance Of The Paper And Side Guides

    Then Drawer paper tray Stopper lift it up further to remove it. Fig. 10-164 Set the side guide to the 12 inch mark. Fig. 10-165 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 72...
  • Page 361 Loosen 2 screws. Move the side guide adjustment piece to the rear and tighten the screws (by 0.5 mm). Screw Fig. 10-166 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 73...
  • Page 362 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PAPER FEEDING SYSTEM 10 - 74...

  • Page 363: Process Unit Related Section

    Drum cleaner unit ( M ) Drum cleaner unit ( K ) Drum cleaner unit (Y) Drum cleaner unit (C) Temperature/Humidity sensor Waste toner box Fig. 11-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 1...
  • Page 364 Drum Main charger grid Discharge LED Needle electrode cleaner Needle electrode Mixer Developer unit Main charger unit Doctor blade Auto toner sensor Fig. 11-2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 2...
  • Page 365 Developer unit motor-K/-YMC M29, M31 Developer unit mixer motor-K/-YMC M30, M32 Drum motor-K/-YMC M27, M28 Toner filter PM parts Scattered toner suctioning fan EPU cooling fan © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 3...
  • Page 366 8. Ozone suctioning fan (F24) This fan sucks in air contains ozone generated by the main charger and exhausts it through the ozone filter-1. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 4...
  • Page 367 The drive of the motor is transmitted with the gear, and the motor is connected to the developer unit with a coupling. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION...
  • Page 368 When the Waste toner box becomes full of waste toner and the accumulated waste toner shields the sensor path, this sensor detects that the waste toner box is full. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 6...
  • Page 369 These sensors detect the rotational status of the paddle of each toner cartridge. The rotational status can be detected with an actuator rotating together with the paddle. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION...

  • Page 370: [ 1 ] General Description

    D/A-1 ASIC CN414 CN412 1st transfer +5VSW Out4 D/A-2 Out5 2nd transfer Engine TR2-MON TR1-MON-K/-Y/-M/-C HVT Block-2 <1st/2nd trasfer / r2> Cleaner Fig. 11-3 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 8...
  • Page 371 Leak detection signal (HVTSTS): This signal detects the abnormality (leakage) of the high-voltage transformer output. When the abnormality is detected, the signal moves to a low level. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION...

  • Page 372: Drum Surface Potential Sensor Control Circuit

    • High-voltage transformer: Generates and supplies the bias voltage of the main charger grid. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 10...
  • Page 373 (code 08-256: 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled) automatically turns to “Disabled”. In this case, the drum surface potential sensor control will not be performed along with image quality control initialization. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION...
  • Page 374 08-2561 (drum surface potential sensor control setting) automatically turns to “0: Disabled”. In this case, the drum surface potential sensor control will not be performed along with image quality control initialization. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 12...

  • Page 375: Drum Temperature Detection Circuit

    Therefore, when the temperature becomes higher, the input voltage to the A/D converter becomes lower. LGC board Drum thermistor-Y YDRTH IC43 IC35 ASIC convertor Drum thermistor-K KDRTH Fig. 11-6 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 13...

  • Page 376: Drum Motor Control Circuit

    Enable signal K(C)DRMDIR Rotation direction signal K(C)DRMRST Reset signal Normal operation Reset * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 14...

  • Page 377: Temperature/Humidity Detection Circuit

    IC72 IC41 ADCDI-1C ASIC converter HMS-1C (Hum) IC84 Fig. 11-8 Control signal Signal Function TEMP-1C Temperature detection signal (analog) HMS-1C Humidity detection signal (analog) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 15...

  • Page 378: Toner Motor Control Circuit

    Low level YTNMT Toner motor-Y ON signal MTNMT Toner motor-M ON signal Stop Rotate CTNMT Toner motor-C ON signal KTNMT Toner motor-K ON signal e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 16...

  • Page 379: Waste Toner Transport Motor Control Circuit

    EPOGON ASIC Fig. 11-10 Control signal Status Signal Function High level Low level EPOGON Waste toner transport motor ON Stop Rotate signal © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 17...

  • Page 380: Auto-Toner Circuit

    Displays toner cartridge-empty related messages. • Toner supply section: Supplies toner from each toner cartridge to each sub-hopper with the drive of the toner motor. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 18...
  • Page 381 (cw/ccw) Toner density signal converter Auto-toner sensor Developer unit Control voltage IC43 Developer material IC26 signal ASIC converter IC14 Temperature/humidity sensor converter Fig. 11-11 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 19...
  • Page 382 → The toner amount in the sub-hopper does not increase. → The toner amount of the sub-hopper reaches the specified level. → The toner cartridge empty status is canceled. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 20...
  • Page 383 When the toner density is high: Toner ratio to the carrier in the developer material increased → Magnetic resistance increased → Detection output decreased → Auto-toner output ATSN decreased © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 21...

  • Page 384: Developer Unit Motor Control Circuit

    CDVMCK KDVMRDY Developer unit drive status Abnormally rotate or stop Rotate detection CDVMRDY * Italicized signals are for the color developer unit mixer motor e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 22...
  • Page 385 CMIXCK KMIXPLL Mixer drive motor lock detection Abnormally rotate or stop Normal CMIXPLL * Italicized signals are for the color developer unit mixer motor. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 23...

  • Page 386: Disassembly And Replacement

    Turn the right TBU lifting lever to the left for 90 degrees. Right TBU lifting lever Turn the TBU locking lever for 45 degrees (right hand). TBU locking lever Fig. 11-17 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 24...
  • Page 387 Turn the EPU locking lever for 90 degrees. EPU locking lever Fig. 11-19 Pull out the process unit by holding the EPU locking lever. Process unit Fig. 11-20 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 25...
  • Page 388 4. Turn the right TBU lifting lever downward to unlock the TBU locking lever. Right TBU lifting lever Mark Fig. 11-23 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 26...
  • Page 389 Fig. 11-25 3. Turn both levers outside by 90 degrees and push them down. Fig. 11-26 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 27...

  • Page 390: Drum Cleaner Unit

    When you hold the drum cleaner unit, hold the part A shown in the figure. Do not touch the part B because grease will adhere to your hands. Fig. 11-28 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 28...
  • Page 391 3. When installing the drum cleaner unit, be Shutter Close Shutter Open sure that the orange label attached on the Label shutter is clearly seen. Fig. 11-31 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 29...

  • Page 392: Drum Cleaning Blade

    Take off the drum.  P.11-30 "11.5.3 Drum" Remove 2 screws and then take off the drum cleaning blade. Drum cleaning blade Fig. 11-34 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 30...
  • Page 393 Blade side seal Drum cleaning blade Fig. 11-37 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 31...

  • Page 394: Main Charger Unit

    Needle electrode cleaner Take off the main charger grid.  P.11-32 "11.5.7 Main charger grid" Needle electrode cleaner Take off the needle electrode cleaner. Fig. 11-40 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 32...

  • Page 395: Needle Electrode

    Disconnect 4 connectors. Release 4 hooks on the back side. Release 2 hooks on the both sides and take off the sub-hopper. Sub-hopper Fig. 11-43 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 33...
  • Page 396 Take off the sub-hopper.  P.11-33 "11.5.11 Sub-hopper" EPU cover Remove 6 screws and release 5 latches. Then pull out the EPU cover toward you. Fig. 11-46 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 34...
  • Page 397 Sub-hopper toner motor Note: Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Screw Fig. 11-49 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 35...
  • Page 398  P.11-34 "11.5.13 EPU cover" Disconnect 7 connectors. EPU board Fig. 11-50 Remove 4 screws and then take off the EPU board. EPU board Fig. 11-51 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 36...
  • Page 399 11.5.17 Auger lock detection sensor (S42) Take off the EPU cover.  P.11-34 "11.5.13 EPU cover" Rotate the auger to escape the actuator from the sensor. Actuator Fig. 11-54 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 37...
  • Page 400 Note: Do not mix the duct of the fan for Y color with others because its form differs from that of others. Fig. 11-57 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 38...
  • Page 401 Disconnect 1 connector and then take off the motor holder. Fig. 11-59 Release 2 hooks and then take off the duct. Duct Fig. 11-60 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 39...
  • Page 402 Fig. 11-62 11.5.21 V0 sensor shutter solenoid (K/C/M/Y) (SOL4/SOL5/SOL6/SOL7) Take off the EPU cover  P.11-34 "11.5.13 EPU cover" Disconnect 3 connectors. Fig. 11-63 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 40...
  • Page 403 Fig. 11-66 Release the harness from the harness holder and then take off the V0 sensor shutter V0 sensor shutter solenoid solenoid. Fig. 11-67 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 41...
  • Page 404 Spring Shutter Fig. 11-69 Release 2 hooks and then take off the drum surface potential sensor. Drum surface potential sensor Fig. 11-70 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 42...

  • Page 405: Developer Unit

    Remove 1 screw and the developer unit locking. Note: Be sure not to drop screws into the toner inlet. Developer unit locking Fig. 11-73 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 43...
  • Page 406 Hold the upper side of the stay. Avoid touching its shutter. Fig. 11-74 Release 1 hook and take off the duct. Duct Fig. 11-75 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 44...

  • Page 407: Developer Material

     P.11-43 "11.5.24 Developer unit" Release 2 hooks and then take off the Developer front cover developer front cover by sliding it. Fig. 11-78 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 45...
  • Page 408 When discharging the developer material, be careful not to scatter the developer material on the gear in the developer unit. Developer material Fig. 11-80 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 46...
  • Page 409 Fig. 11-82 3. Be sure that there is no developer material adhering to the driving gear in the developer unit. Developer drive gear Fig. 11-83 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 47...

  • Page 410: Developer Sleeve

    Cover Release 2 latches and take off the cover. Fig. 11-84 Release the latch and take off the recovery roller. Recovery roller Fig. 11-85 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 48...
  • Page 411 Be careful not to damage seals when taking off the blade cover. Fig. 11-88 Remove 2 E-rings and then take off the 2 Bearing bearings. Bearing Fig. 11-89 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 49...

  • Page 412: Doctor Blade

     P.11-43 "11.5.24 Developer unit"  P.11-45 "11.5.25 Developer material" Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw, and then take off the auto-toner sensor. Fig. 11-92 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 50...

  • Page 413: Drum Drive Unit

    2. Do not disassemble the drum drive unit because it is assembled using a jig very precisely. Fig. 11-95 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 51...
  • Page 414 (within the area indicated by the arrow) of the bracket (3 positions at the same Mark time). Fig. 11-98 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 52...

  • Page 415: K Drum Phase Sensor (S44)

    Then take off the bracket. Bracket Fig. 11-100 Release 3 latches. Then take off the K drum phase sensor. K drum phase sensor Fig. 11-101 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 53...
  • Page 416 Then take off the bracket. Bracket Fig. 11-103 Release 3 latches. Then take off the color drum phase sensor. Color drum phase sensor Fig. 11-104 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 54...
  • Page 417  P.11-51 "11.5.29 Drum drive unit" Disconnect 4 connectors and remove 3 screws. Then take off the developer drive unit. Developer drive unit Fig. 11-107 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 55...

  • Page 418: Waste Toner Box

    11.5.37 Waste toner box Open the waste toner cover. Fig. 11-108 Take out the waste toner box. Waste toner box Fig. 11-109 Attach the cap. Fig. 11-110 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 56...
  • Page 419 Hold up the bottom of the waste toner case and remove a dowel. Then remove the waste toner case by lowering it. Fig. 11-113 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 57...
  • Page 420 Disconnect 1 connector, release 3 latches and take off the waste toner box full detection sensor. Waste toner box full detection sensor Fig. 11-116 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 58...
  • Page 421 11.5.41 Ozone filter-1 Remove 2 screws and take off the filter cover. Filter cover Fig. 11-118 Take off the ozone filter-1. Ozon filter-1 Fig. 11-119 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 59...

  • Page 422: Ozone Filter

    Take off the ozone filte2. Ozon filter-2 Fig. 11-121 11.5.43 Toner filter Remove 2 screws and take off the cover. Filter cover Fig. 11-122 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 60...
  • Page 423 Take off the toner filter. Toner filter Fig. 11-123 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 61...
  • Page 424 Toner cover take off the toner cover by lifting it up a little. Fig. 11-125 Remove 3 screws and 3 stays. Stay Fig. 11-126 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 62...
  • Page 425 Toner motor Note: Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Screw Fig. 11-130 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 63...
  • Page 426 Waste toner transport motor drive unit Fig. 11-132 Remove 2 screws, 1 C-ring and 1 bushing, and then take off the bracket. Bracket Fig. 11-133 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 64...

  • Page 427: Waste Toner Transport Unit

    When you reinstall the removed belt of the waste toner drive unit, check that the belt does not contact a plate. Plate Belt Fig. 11-136 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 65...
  • Page 428 Remove 4 screws, and then take off the stay. Fig. 11-138 Remove 3 screws, disconnect 1 connector, and then take off the duct. Duct Fig. 11-139 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 66...
  • Page 429 Right inner cover take off the right internal cover. Fig. 11-141 Disconnect 1 connector, remove 1 screw and take off the duct. Duct Fig. 11-142 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 67...
  • Page 430 Duct Fig. 11-144 Remove 2 screws and take off the toner cooling exhaust fan. Toner cooling exhaust fan Fig. 11-145 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 68...

  • Page 431: Temperature/Humidity Sensor (S12)

     P.15-27 "15.6.11 Bridge unit" Insert 2 rails all the way in. Fig. 11-147 Remove 4 screws and take off the inner cover. Inner cover Fig. 11-148 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 69...
  • Page 432 Switch bracket Fig. 11-150 Disconnect 2 connectors, remove 2 screws Toner motor interlock switch and take off the toner motor interlock switch. Fig. 11-151 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 70...
  • Page 433 Disconnect 1 connector and then release the Fig. 11-153 harness from the clamp. Remove 5 screws and then take off the duct. Duct Fig. 11-154 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 71...
  • Page 434 Remove 3 screws and then take off the scattered toner suctioning fan. Scattered toner suctioning fan Fig. 11-155 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 72...
  • Page 435 Adjustment of the Auto-Toner Sensor When the developer material is replaced, adjust the auto-toner sensor in the following procedure.  P.8-10 "8.5.2 Adjustment of the Auto-Toner Sensor" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION...

  • Page 436: Adjustment Of The Doctor-Sleeve Gap

    Marking Doctor blade Fig. 11-158 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 74...
  • Page 437 In addition, confirm that the gauge “0.70” cannot be inserted into the gap. 0.60 mm 0.70 mm Doctor blade Fig. 11-159 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 75...
  • Page 438 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PROCESS UNIT RELATED SECTION 11 - 76...

  • Page 439: Transfer Unit

    Transfer belt contact/release 2nd transfer roller lubricant unit detection sensor 2nd transfer roller Transfer belt cleaning blade contact/release detection sensor TRU waste toner box Fig. 12-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 1...
  • Page 440 S51 (Chapter 10) sensor Image position aligning sensor S20 / S21/S22 (front /center/rear) 2nd transfer roller contact/release detection sensor Image quality sensor S23 (Chapter 13) 2nd transfer motor e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 2...
  • Page 441 The recovery blade and urethan seal prevent the removed residual toner or other objects from leaking out of the transfer belt cleaning unit. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C...
  • Page 442 When 5,000 sheets of paper have been printed since then, a message warning a user that the TRU waste toner box is full. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 4...
  • Page 443 1. Is the equipment installed on a flat surface? Is the equipment installed slantwise? 2. Is the transfer belt unit assembled correctly? 3. Is the transfer belt installed correctly? © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT...

  • Page 444: Printing In The Color Modes

    7. When the toner image has been transferred onto the paper in the 2nd transfer process, the residual toner on the transfer belt is scraped off by the transfer belt cleaning blade. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 6...

  • Page 445: Printing In The Black Mode

    7. When the toner image has been transferred onto the paper in the 2nd transfer process, the residual toner on the transfer belt is scraped off by the transfer belt cleaning blade. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C...

  • Page 446: Color Registration Control

    © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 8...
  • Page 447 • Deviation caused by meandering of the transfer belt Fluctuating deviation in the primary-scanning direction caused by meandering of the transfer belt © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 9...

  • Page 448: Electric Circuit Description

    Reference clock TBMEN Enable signal TBMDIR Rotation direction signal TBMRST Reset signal Normal operation Reset * CW: Clockwise rotation, CCW: Counter clockwise rotation viewing from the axis e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 10...
  • Page 449 Motor driver TBLTMB-1 TBLTM1B-1A Fig. 12-5 Control signal Signal ASIC output Motor driver output Motor status TBLTMA-0 TBLTMB-1 TBLTM1A-0A TBLTM1B-1A OFF (high impedance) Stop Unused Rotation Brake © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 11...

  • Page 450: Disassembly And Replacement

    Fig. 12-6 Turn the TBU locking lever for 90 degrees. TBU locking lever Fig. 12-7 Lift up the EPU locking lever. EPU locking lever Fig. 12-8 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 12...
  • Page 451  P.3-41 "3.5.1 Front lower cover" Remove 1 screw and then take off the 2nd transfer facing roller cleaning pad. 2nd transfer facing roller cleaning pad Fig. 12-11 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 13...

  • Page 452: Transfer Belt Cleaning Unit

    3. Press a label on the shutter with your finger. Fig. 12-13 4. Fix the cleaner by pushing its upper side. Transfer belt cleaning unit Fig. 12-14 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 14...

  • Page 453: Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade

    Take off the transfer belt cleaning unit.  P.12-14 "12.6.3 Transfer belt cleaning unit" Remove 3 screws and then take off the recovery blade. Recovery blade Fig. 12-17 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 15...
  • Page 454 Transfer belt cleaner side seal Transfer belt cleaning blade Fig. 12-20 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 16...

  • Page 455: Transfer Belt Unit (Tbu)

    Adjustment is not necessary when a part other than those described above (such as a roller) is replaced. Fig. 12-22 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 17...
  • Page 456 If any of these springs is dirty, clean it. If it is deformed, replace it with a new one. 2nd transfer roller 1st transfer roller Fig. 12-24 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 18...

  • Page 457: Transfer Belt

    Transfer belt Pulley Fig. 12-26 Remove 1 screw and a stay. Stay Fig. 12-27 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 19...
  • Page 458 7. After the transfer belt is installed, rotate the drive roller in the direction of the arrow to set the value of the cutting angle indicator to 0+/-0.5 degree. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 20...
  • Page 459 Take off the transfer belt unit.  P.12-17 "12.6.6 Transfer belt unit (TBU)" Disconnect 1 connector and remove 2 screws. Then take off the bracket. Bracket Fig. 12-33 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 21...
  • Page 460 12.6.11 1st transfer roller (Y/M/C/K) Take off the transfer belt.  P.12-19 "12.6.7 Transfer belt" Remove 2 screws each and take off a holder. Holder Fig. 12-36 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 22...
  • Page 461 Transfer belt motor drive section Fig. 12-38 Remove 1 screw, 1 gear, 1 pin and 1 bearing. Bearing Gear Fig. 12-39 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 23...
  • Page 462 Take off the drive roller assembly. Drive roller assembly Fig. 12-41 Remove 2 E-rings, 1 gear, 1 pin and 4 bearings from the drive roller. Drive roller Fig. 12-42 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 24...

  • Page 463: Tension Roller

    Do not remove the 2 red screws unless the adjustment is necessary. Lever assembly Fig. 12-45 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 25...
  • Page 464 Remove 2 screws and take off the holder and bearing. Holder Fig. 12-48 Take off the 2nd transfer facing roller. 2nd transfer facing roller Fig. 12-49 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 26...
  • Page 465 6. Install the spring, check the tension of the timing belt, and then tighten screws “A”. 7. Install the flywheel with 2 screws. Fig. 12-51 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 27...
  • Page 466 2nd transfer roller front guide Fig. 12-52 Release the hook and take off a harness cover. Harness cover Fig. 12-53 Disconnect 1 connector. Fig. 12-54 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 28...
  • Page 467 Fig. 12-56 Note: When installing, make sure that 2 pins on the rear side are inserted to the rectangular holes of the 2nd transfer unit. Fig. 12-57 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 29...

  • Page 468: 2Nd Transfer Roller

    Take off the 2nd transfer roller.  P.12-30 "12.6.16 2nd transfer roller" Remove 1 screw on the rear side and then take off a bushing. Bushing Fig. 12-60 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 30...
  • Page 469  P.12-31 "12.6.18 2nd transfer roller cleaning blade" Turn up a recovery sheet and then remove 2nd transfer roller side seal. 2nd transfer roller side seal Fig. 12-63 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 31...
  • Page 470 2nd transfer roller side seal 2nd transfer roller cleaning blade Fig. 12-66 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 32...
  • Page 471  P.12-33 "12.6.20 TRU waste toner box" Disconnect 1 connector and release 3 latches. Then take off the TRU waste toner amount detection sensor. TRU waste toner amount detection sensor Fig. 12-69 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 33...
  • Page 472 Remove 1 harness clamp and 5 screws. Fig. 12-71 Level the waste toner case and take it off to the rear side. Waste toner case Fig. 12-72 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 34...
  • Page 473 Note: Pay attention to the size (length) of the screws. If incorrect ones are used, the motor could be damaged. Screw Fig. 12-75 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 35...
  • Page 474  P.20-2 "20.1.3 SYS board case" Disconnect 3 connectors and remove 3 screws. Then take off the 2nd transfer drive unit. 2nd transfer drive unit Fig. 12-78 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 36...
  • Page 475  P.12-36 "12.6.25 2nd transfer drive unit" Remove 1 bushing and then take off the 2nd transfer roller contact/release clutch. 2nd transfer roller contact/release clutch Fig. 12-81 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 37...
  • Page 476 Remove 2 screws. Then pull up the cam unit. Fig. 12-83 Disconnect 1 connector and release 3 harness clamps. Then take off the cam unit. Connector Clamp Fig. 12-84 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 38...
  • Page 477 Release 3 latches. Then take off the 2nd transfer roller contact/release detection 2nd transfer roller contact/release detection sensor sensor. Fig. 12-85 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 39...
  • Page 478 Align the bracket in the position the same as that before the replacement (pushed to the upper/lower end) and fix it with 2 screws. Note: Remove red screws only when a position adjustment is necessary. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved TRANSFER UNIT 12 - 40...

  • Page 479: Image Quality Control

    Image quality control unit Image quality sensor Image position aligning sensor (rear) Image quality shutter solenoid Image position aligning sensor (center) Image position aligning sensor (front) Fig. 13-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE QUALITY CONTROL 13 - 1...
  • Page 480 Image forming process Transfer belt Image quality sensor Laser optical system Various image forming Light source Reflected light conditions amount signal amount signal ASIC Fig. 13-2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE QUALITY CONTROL 13 - 2...

  • Page 481: Principle Of The Sensor

    Light emitting Light receiving element element Reflected light amount signal Reflected light amount voltage ASIC Light source amount voltage Light source amount signal Fig. 13-3 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE QUALITY CONTROL 13 - 3...
  • Page 482 Image forming/processing conditions are determined and stored in the SRAM. [10] Control procedure is completed. ( The determined image forming/processing conditions are applied to the subsequent print jobs. ) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE QUALITY CONTROL 13 - 4...
  • Page 483  P.13-5 "13.5.1 Image quality control unit" Remove 2 screws and take off the image position aligning sensor (center). Image position aligning sensor (center) Fig. 13-6 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE QUALITY CONTROL 13 - 5...
  • Page 484 Turn up a mylar and then remove 2 screws. Mylar Fig. 13-8 Disconnect 1 connector, and take off the image quality sensor Connector Image quality sensor Fig. 13-9 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE QUALITY CONTROL 13 - 6...
  • Page 485 Remove 2 screws and take off the Image quality shutter solenoid. Image quality shutter solenoid Fig. 13-10 Take off the link arm of the solenoid. Link arm Fig. 13-11 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C IMAGE QUALITY CONTROL 13 - 7...

  • Page 486: Performing Image Quality Control

    When unpacking Prior to image dimensional adjustment, perform the “Automatic initialization of image quality control (05-396)” procedure.  P.8-12 "8.5.3 Performing Image Quality Control (IQC)" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved IMAGE QUALITY CONTROL 13 - 8...

  • Page 487: Fuser Unit

    ( Rear Side ) Exit paper cooling fan ( rear ) IH board cooling fan-1 IH board Fuser motor IH board cooling fan-2 IH coil Fig. 14-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 1...
  • Page 488 IH board IH board cooling fan-1 IH board cooling fan-2 Drive section / Others Fuser motor Exit paper cooling fan (rear) Fuser unit jam releasing LED e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 2...
  • Page 489 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C...
  • Page 490 This sensor detects the home position of the pressure roller. It checks this by contacting and releasing the roller every time after the power is turned ON or a jam is released. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 4...
  • Page 491 When a jam occurs at the paper exit section of the fuser unit, this LED lights to illuminate the exit section so that jammed paper can be removed easily. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT...

  • Page 492: Description Of Operation

    (CLT1) by the transmission of the reversing rotation of the fuser motor (M6) to the cam driving section and the rotation of the release cam. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 6...

  • Page 493: Fuser Unit Control Circuit

    (THMO2), pressure roller side thermostat (THMO3), fuser belt center thermostat (THMO4) and fuser belt side thermostat (THMO5) shut off the power supply to the IH coils and the heater lamps to protect the equipment. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT...
  • Page 494 Center heater lamp control signal Side heater lamp control signal Heater lamp ASIC control circuit Sub heater lamp control signal ( for MJC,MJD ) LGC board Fig. 14-2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 8...
  • Page 495 Pressure roller lamp Pressure roller lamp Pressure roller lamp OFF ON OFF Temperature of pressure roller Temperature of pressure roller Temperature of pressure roller Fig. 14-3 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 9...
  • Page 496 [ENERGY SAVER] Auto Power Save Mode (Setting Mode (08-205)): When the printing is not performed within a specified period of time (default setting: e-STUDIO5520C: 3 min., e-STUDIO6520C: 5 min., e-STUDIO6530C: 10 min.) after the previous printing is completed, the equipment enters to the Auto Power Save Mode. ON and OFF of the heater lamps are controlled to maintain the pressure roller surface temperature at 80°C.
  • Page 497 OFF again. After confirming that it is the fuser unit abnormality, correct the abnormality and reset the counter value (08-400) to “0” to start up the equipment normally. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT...
  • Page 498 +5.1VB IC14 IC43 Pressure roller ASIC center thermistor converter PHCTH +5.1VB Pressure roller side thermistor PHSTH +5.1VB Pressure roller edge thermistor PHETH Fig. 14-5 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 12...

  • Page 499: Error Code

    220°C above 210°C above 40°C or 150°C C412 below above 150°C 40°C or below above 40°C or 150°C C462 below above 150°C 40°C or below above © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 13...
  • Page 500 (C461) (61) 40°C or below Difference C452 Fixed time between Center and Side: 40°C or more Difference C464 between Center and Side: 40°C or more e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 14...
  • Page 501 120°C C446 Fixed time (C443) below 120°C below Difference C452 between Center and Side: 40°C or more Difference C464 between Center and Side: 40°C or more © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 15...
  • Page 502 220°C above 220°C C468 above 220°C above 210°C above Ready C446 Fixed time temper (C445) ature or less Ready temper ature or less e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 16...
  • Page 503 If 600 W of IH power is C448 Fixed time continued for longer than 20 sec. when the pressure roller center thermistor is 150°C or more © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 17...
  • Page 504 40°C or below 40°C or below At energy 220°C C449 On usual saving mode above 220°C above 220°C above 220°C C468 above 220°C above 210°C above e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 18...
  • Page 505 * The figures in the “Error code” and “Counter” fields with parentheses denote that an error status has not yet been determined (= error status is detected only once). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT...
  • Page 506 IHERR0 IH board to LGC board IH status signal CN462-13 IHERR1 CN462-14 IHERR3 CN462-15 IHSW0 IH board to LGC board IH destination determining signal CN462-16 IHSW1 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 20...
  • Page 507 When an abnormality is detected in the IH control circuit, it stops the power supply to the IH coil and displays a message “call for service”. LGC board IH board +5VSW IHERR0 IC44 ASIC IHERR1 IHERR2 Fig. 14-7 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 21...
  • Page 508 Power voltage abnormality C475 is opened (Other than the above) when the front cover is opened An abnormal status is detected when the cover is opened e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 22...

  • Page 509: Fuser Motor Control Circuit

    * When thick paper or OHP sheets are used, the FSMGA signal moves to a low level to reduce the motor speed by one half or to one third and lower the paper transport speed so that the fusing ability of the toner is improved. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT...

  • Page 510: Disassembly And Replacement

    Be sure to clamp the harness on the edge saddle. Hook Hook AC harness AC harness Cross AC harness Harness guide Edge saddle Edge saddle Fig. 14-9 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 24...
  • Page 511 Dual type heater lamp Plate AC harness Connector DC harness Latch Plate Triple type heater lamp Plate AC harness Connector Plate Latch AC harness Fig. 14-10 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 25...

  • Page 512: Fuser Unit

    Remove 1 screw and release the lock of the handle grips. Fig. 14-12 Loosen 2 screws and then take off the fuser unit by holding its handle grips. Handle Fig. 14-13 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 26...

  • Page 513: Pressure Roller Cover

    Be sure that the harnesses do not come out from the entrance guide cover. • Be sure that the pressure roller cover is positioned under the entrance guide cover. Fig. 14-16 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 27...
  • Page 514 Fig. 14-18 Note: Place transport guide 1 as shown in the Separation finger figure so that its separation finger does not become damaged. Separation finger Fig. 14-19 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 28...
  • Page 515 Fig. 14-21 Note: Fix the screw in the position as shown in the figure unless paper jams occur at the entrance of the fuser unit. Fig. 14-22 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 29...

  • Page 516: Separation Finger

    1. Then take off the separation finger unit from the transport guide-1. Separation finger unit Fig. 14-24 Remove 2 screws and take off the cover plate. Cover plate Fig. 14-25 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 30...
  • Page 517 Remove 3 screws, a rear plate and a bushing. Note: When installing, put the harnesses in the Bushing harness guide securely so that they are not caught by the rear plate. Fig. 14-28 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 31...
  • Page 518 Take off 2 springs. Fig. 14-29 Remove 2 screws and take off the separation plate. Separation plate Fig. 14-30 Take off 2 springs from the separation plate. Fig. 14-31 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 32...
  • Page 519 The pressure roller heater lamp has 3 harnesses for MJC and MJD destinations, Latch and 2 harnesses for the others. Bent portion of the metal plate Fig. 14-34 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 33...
  • Page 520 Pressure roller heater lamp move the lamp when its edge is fixed. • Do not treat the lamp roughly, such as letting it fall on the floor. Fig. 14-38 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 34...
  • Page 521 Pressure roller frame unit Fig. 14-40 Note: When installing, rotate the cam as shown in the figure and then install the pressure roller frame unit. Fig. 14-41 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 35...
  • Page 522  P.14-72 "14.7.3 Gap adjustment for pressure roller thermostats" (15) Remove the bearing and bushing from both Bearing sides of the pressure roller. Bushing Bushing Bearing Fig. 14-44 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 36...
  • Page 523 Remove 3 screws and take off the front upper frame. Front upper frame Fig. 14-46 Remove 3 screws and take off the rear upper frame. Rear upper frame Fig. 14-47 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 37...
  • Page 524 Remove 2 screws and take off the harness guide-2. Note: Harness guide-2 When installing, do not let the harness be caught. Fig. 14-48 Remove 2 E-rings and 2 gears. Fig. 14-49 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 38...
  • Page 525 Note: When installing the bushing, be sure to install it in the proper direction and order. Bearing Bearing Bushing Bushing Washer Washer Fig. 14-52 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 39...
  • Page 526 (10) Remove 1 E-ring each on both sides of the E-ring fuser roller. Then take off the fuser belt guide. Fuser belt guide Fuser belt guide E-ring Fig. 14-55 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 40...
  • Page 527 Satellite roller Fig. 14-56 • Install the satellite roller, letting the side with a rotor be on the front side. Satellite roller Fig. 14-57 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 41...
  • Page 528 • Install the new fuser belt with its protection sheet wound around it. After installing the fuser belt unit, peel off the protection sheet. Fig. 14-59 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 42...
  • Page 529 Put your hand inside the belt when holding it. Fig. 14-60 Fig. 14-61 Fig. 14-62 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 43...
  • Page 530 Remove 1 screw and the bracket of the fuser belt rotation detection sensor. Release a harness from 1 clamp and then disconnect a connector. Bracket Fig. 14-65 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 44...
  • Page 531 Remove 2 screws and take off a sensor bracket stay. Sensor bracket stay Note: Do not press the sensor bracket against the fuser belt. Fig. 14-68 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 45...
  • Page 532 Take off the rear plate.  P.14-31 "14.6.7 Separation plate" Remove 1 screw and take off the bracket of the fuser belt edge thermistor. Bracket Fig. 14-71 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 46...
  • Page 533 Fig. 14-73 Remove 1 screw, release the harness from the harness clamp and take off the fuser belt edge thermistor. Fuser belt edge thermistor Fig. 14-74 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 47...
  • Page 534 Remove 2 screws and take off the harness guide. Note: When installing, align 2 dowels and 2 hooks of the harness guide with the frame. Harness guide Fig. 14-77 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 48...
  • Page 535 (10) Disconnect a connector. Fig. 14-78 (11) Remove 1 screw and take off the pressure roller edge thermistor. Pressure roller edge thermistor Fig. 14-79 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 49...
  • Page 536 Pressure roller Pressure roller center thermistor side thermistor bracket. Fig. 14-80 Note: When installing, make sure that the side of the thermistor is correct. Fig. 14-81 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 50...
  • Page 537 Remove the mylar from the sensor bracket. Take off the pressure roller contact/release detection sensor and disconnect the connector. Pressure roller contact/release detection sensor Mylar Fig. 14-83 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 51...
  • Page 538 MJC and MJD destinations, and 2 harnesses for the others. Fig. 14-85 Remove 2 screws and take off the harness guide. Harness guide Fig. 14-86 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 52...
  • Page 539 Fig. 14-87 Remove 1 screw each and take off each thermostat bracket of the pressure roller center thermostat and the pressure roller side thermostat. Fig. 14-88 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 53...
  • Page 540  P.20-2 "20.1.3 SYS board case" Release a harness from the clamp and disconnect 2 connectors. Remove 4 screws and take off the IH board cover. IH board cover Fig. 14-91 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 54...
  • Page 541 • When installing the IH coil in the equipment, be careful not to deform its positioning metal plate. Fig. 14-94 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 55...
  • Page 542 Fig. 14-96 14.6.18 Fuser motor (M6) Open the SYS board case.  P.20-2 "20.1.3 SYS board case" Release a harness from 2 clamps. Fig. 14-97 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 56...
  • Page 543 Remove 2 screws and take off the duct. Fig. 14-99 Disconnect a connector from the fuser motor. Remove 2 screws and take off the fuser Fuser motor motor. Fig. 14-100 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 57...
  • Page 544 Remove 2 screws and take off the duct. Fig. 14-102 Remove 1 screw and take off the bracket of the handle. Bracket Fig. 14-103 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 58...
  • Page 545 When installing, do not let the harness be caught. Be sure that 2 dowels are securely fitted into the holes of the fuser drive unit. Dowel Dowel Fig. 14-105 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 59...
  • Page 546 Apply a small amount in several areas on all gear faces. As the gears rotate the grease will be evenly distributed. Use care not to over lubricate. Fig. 14-106 Fig. 14-107 Fig. 14-108 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 60...
  • Page 547 Take off the fuser unit.  P.14-26 "14.6.1 Fuser unit" Open the SYS board case.  P.20-2 "20.1.3 SYS board case" Release a harness from 2 clamps. Fig. 14-111 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 61...
  • Page 548 Release 7 hooks to take off the duct cover. Fig. 14-113 Take off the exit paper cooling fan (rear) from the duct. Exit paper cooling fan (rear) Fig. 14-114 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 62...
  • Page 549  P.14-54 "14.6.16 IH coil" Disconnect 3 connectors from the IH board. Fig. 14-116 Remove 5 screws and take off the IH board. IH board Fig. 14-117 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 63...
  • Page 550 LED bracket. Fig. 14-119 Remove 1 screw and then take off the fuser unit jam releasing LED. Fuser unit jam releasing LED Fig. 14-120 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 64...

  • Page 551: Gap Adjustment For Fuser Unit

    If the fuser unit is not installed to the equipment after the replacement or adjustment but must be stored as a unit for a long time, be sure to leave the pressure roller released from the fuser belt. Contacted Released Fig. 14-121 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 65...
  • Page 552 Thermostat gap confirmation jig Satellite roller Fuser belt thermostat Fuser belt Fuser roller Fig. 14-122 Gap confirmation jig • Thermostat gap confirmation jig (JIG-FU-THRMST-BP) 2.2mm 1.6mm Fig. 14-123 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 66...
  • Page 553 It is easier when you check from the side if the slack has come at an appropriate position. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C...
  • Page 554 1.6 mm section of the jig without touching, but its 2.2 mm section contacts the thermostat surface. End the procedure when the statuses of both points meet the condition above. Thermostat gap confirmation jig Fig. 14-127 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 68...

  • Page 555: Gap Adjustment For Pressure Roller Thermistors

    Contacted Released Fig. 14-128 Gap to be confirmed Pressure roller thermistor Thermistor gap confirmation jig Pressure roller Fig. 14-129 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 69...
  • Page 556 Gap confirmation jig • Thermistor gap confirmation jig (ASYB-JIG-THRMIS-BP) Fig. 14-130 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 70...
  • Page 557 Adjust the scale mark of the jig to the position shown below. If not, it makes the gap adjustment incorrect. Thermistor gap confirmation jig Fig. 14-131 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 71...

  • Page 558: Gap Adjustment For Pressure Roller Thermostats

    Contacted Released Fig. 14-132 Gap to be confirmed Pressure roller thermostat Thermostat gap confirmation jig Pressure roller Fig. 14-133 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 72...
  • Page 559 1.6 mm section of the jig without touching, but its 2.2 mm section contacts the thermostat surface. Note: Adjust the scale mark of the jig to the position shown below. If not, it makes the gap adjustment incorrect. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 73...
  • Page 560 End the procedure when both points meet the condition above. Thermostat gap confirmation jig Fig. 14-135 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 74...

  • Page 561: Gap Adjustment For Separation Plate

    Fig. 14-136 Gap to be confirmed Satellite roller Separation plate gap confirmation jig Separation plate Side: 0.6-0.9 mm Center: 0.8-1.1 mm Fuser belt Fuser roller Fig. 14-137 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 75...
  • Page 562 Gap confirmation jig • Separation plate gap confirmation jig (JIG-FU-SEP-BP) 0.7mm 1.0mm 0.8mm 0.5mm Fig. 14-138 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 76...
  • Page 563 Load on the gear becomes heavier. The slack of the fuser belt is aligned with the satellite roller. Fig. 14-141 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 77...
  • Page 564 Adjust the gap with the adjustment screw until the 0.7 mm section of the jig is inserted without touching, but its 1.0 mm section contacts the separation plate surface. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 78...
  • Page 565 If the gap is too small, stains may appear on the copied image because the separation plate may scratch the fuser belt. Separation plate gap onfirmation jig Separation plate Fig. 14-143 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FUSER UNIT 14 - 79...
  • Page 566 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FUSER UNIT 14 - 80...

  • Page 567: General Description

    Upper paper exit roller Lower paper exit sensor Lower paper exit roller Lower exit section cooling fan-3 Fig. 15-1 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 1...
  • Page 568 Reverse motor Bridge unit transport entrance motor Bridge unit path entrance sensor Transport path switching solenoid-1 Bridge unit transport roller-2 Fig. 15-2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 2...
  • Page 569 Duplexing unit path entrance sensor ADU transport roller-2 Duplexing unit path exit sensor ADU transport roller-3 Duplexing unit interlock switch Fig. 15-3 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 3...
  • Page 570 (M5) Reverse motor (M3) Duplexing bridge unit Duplexing unit opening/ closing detection sensor (S64) Reverse path sensor (S57) Duplexing bridge transport roller e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 4...
  • Page 571 Reversed paper cooling fan (F11) ADU transport roller-1 ADU transport roller-2 ADU transport roller-3 ADU motor-1 (M7) ADU motor-2 (M8) Fuser transport sensor (S65) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 5...

  • Page 572: Paper Exit Unit

    These fans cool down paper which exits to the lower exit section. 10.Exit motor (M2) This motor drives the upper and lower exit rollers to make paper exit. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 6...

  • Page 573: Bridge Unit

    This roller transports paper in the bridge unit to the upper and lower exit trays. 15.Bridge unit transport entrance motor (M4) This motor drives the transport roller to transport paper in the bridge unit. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION...

  • Page 574: Duplexing Unit

    This motor drives the ADU transport rollers-2 and -3 to transport paper in the duplexing unit. 10.ADU board (ADU) This board controls the operations of the duplexing unit. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 8...

  • Page 575: Description Of Operations

    (S60) of the paper exit unit detect where the jammed paper lies on the reverse path. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION...
  • Page 576 15.4.1 Paper transport paths 1. Upper exit section Fig. 15-4 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 10...
  • Page 577 2. Lower exit section Fig. 15-5 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 11...
  • Page 578 Back side of the 1st sheet (1B) → Back side of the 2nd sheet (2B) → Front side of the 1st sheet (1A) → Front side of the 2nd sheet (2A) Fig. 15-6 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 12...
  • Page 579 Back side of the 2nd sheet (3B) → Front side of the 1st sheet (1A) → Front side of the 1st sheet (2A) → Front side of the 1st sheet (3A) → Fig. 15-7 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION...
  • Page 580 Front side of the 1st sheet (1A) → Back side of the 3rd sheet (3B) → Front side of the 2nd sheet (2A) → Front side of the 3rd sheet (3A) Fig. 15-8 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 14...
  • Page 581 Back side of the 2nd sheet (5B) → Front side of the 3rd sheet (3A) → Front side of the 2nd sheet (4A) → Front side of the 3rd sheet (5A) Fig. 15-9 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION...
  • Page 582 Reverse motor reverse rotation ON Reverse sensor OFF? Paper transport jam (E580) ADU motor-1 ON Reverse path sensor ON? Paper transport jam (E510) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 16...
  • Page 583 ADU motor-2 ON Registration sensor ON? ADU misfeeding (E110) Registration proceeded Registration operation completed ADU motor-2 stopped Next page is ready for the registration © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 17...

  • Page 584: Disassembly And Replacement

    2 screws and disconnecting 1 connector of each. Lower exit section cooling fan-2 Fig. 15-12 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 18...
  • Page 585 Disconnect all the connectors of the DRV board. Fig. 15-14 Remove 4 screws to take off the DRV board. DRV board Fig. 15-15 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 19...
  • Page 586 Take off the exit motor.  P.15-19 "15.6.4 Exit motor (M2)" Remove 4 screws to take off the upper exit cover. Fig. 15-18 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 20...
  • Page 587 Then take off the sensor bracket. Sensor bracket Fig. 15-21 Take off the upper paper exit sensor from the sensor bracket. Upper paper exit sensor Fig. 15-22 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 21...
  • Page 588 Lower paper exit roller unit Fig. 15-24 Remove 2 screw and take off the lower exit section cooling fan-1. Lower exit section cooling fan-1 Fig. 15-25 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 22...
  • Page 589 Take off the receiving tray.  P.3-43 "3.5.8 Receiving tray" Remove 2 screws and then take off the sensor bracket. Sensor bracket Fig. 15-28 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 23...
  • Page 590 Take off the receiving tray.  P.3-43 "3.5.8 Receiving tray" Remove 2 screws and then take off the sensor bracket. Sensor bracket Fig. 15-31 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 24...
  • Page 591 When installing the sensor bracket, be careful not to catch the harness with the bracket. Fig. 15-33 Release a harness from 3 hooks. Hook Fig. 15-34 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 25...
  • Page 592 Take off the upper paper exit roller by Bearing removing the gear and the bearing. Bearing Upper paper exit roller Fig. 15-37 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 26...
  • Page 593 15.6.11 Bridge unit Open the front cover and then pull out the bridge unit. Remove 4 screws from a rail. Bridge unit Fig. 15-40 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 27...
  • Page 594 Bridge unit upper cover keeping the lever of the bridge unit lowered. Bridge unit front cover Fig. 15-43 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 28...
  • Page 595 When pressing the idling rollers, press them in the direction opposite to each other because the 2 leaf springs must be installed in that manner. Fig. 15-46 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 29...
  • Page 596 Remove 3 screws and then take off the motor bracket. Motor bracket Fig. 15-48 Release the harness from 3 clamps. Fig. 15-49 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 30...
  • Page 597 Release the harness from 2 clamps and then disconnect 2 connectors.  P.15-30 "15.6.14 Bridge unit transport entrance motor (M4) / Reverse motor (M3)" Disconnect 1 connector. Fig. 15-52 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 31...
  • Page 598 Remove 2 screws and then take off the bridge unit transport exit motor, gear and belt Bridge unit transport exit motor Fig. 15-55 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 32...
  • Page 599 Fig. 15-57 Remove the clip and then take off the bridge unit upper cover by sliding it. Bridge unit upper cover Fig. 15-58 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 33...
  • Page 600 Remove 2 screws and take off the roller bracket. Bracket Fig. 15-60 Take off the belt from the bridge unit transport entrance motor. Fig. 15-61 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 34...
  • Page 601 (10) Remove 2 E-rings and then remove the bearing. Then take off bridge unit transport roller-1. Bridge unit transport roller-1 Bearing Bearing Fig. 15-65 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 35...
  • Page 602 After the rollers are installed, check that the rollers are parallel to the installation holes. Fig. 15-67 Remove 1 E-ring, the gear and the belt. Fig. 15-68 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 36...
  • Page 603 2 screws and disconnecting the connector. Transport guide unit Fig. 15-70 Remove the spring and 2 screws. Then remove the actuator. Actuator Fig. 15-71 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 37...
  • Page 604 Fig. 15-74 Remove 1 gear, 2 E-rings and 2 bearings. Bearing Then take off bridge unit transport roller-3. Bearing Fig. 15-75 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 38...

  • Page 605: Reverse Roller

    Take off the reverse roller and the bearing. Bearing Bearing Fig. 15-77 Remove 1 E-ring and then remove the knob and pin from the reverse roller. Knob Fig. 15-78 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 39...
  • Page 606 Fig. 15-79 Remove 1 E-ring and the bearing. Then take off bridge unit exit roller-1. Bridge unit exit roller-1 Bearing Fig. 15-80 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 40...
  • Page 607 15.6.23 Transport path switching solenoid-1 (SOL1) Take off the bridge unit front cover.  P.15-28 "15.6.12 Bridge unit front cover" Spring Remove 1 spring. Fig. 15-83 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 41...
  • Page 608  P.15-28 "15.6.12 Bridge unit front cover" Release the harness from the clamp and then disconnect the connector. Remove 1 screw and 1 link. Fig. 15-86 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 42...
  • Page 609 Remove 1 screw and then take off the sensor bracket. Release the harness from 2 clamps and then disconnect the connector. Sensor bracket Fig. 15-89 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 43...
  • Page 610 Release the harness from 2 clamps and then disconnect the connector. Take off the sensor bracket by removing 1 screw. Sensor bracket Fig. 15-92 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 44...
  • Page 611 Sensor stay Fig. 15-94 Remove 1 screw and disconnect 1 connector. Then take off the reverse sensor. Reverse sensor Fig. 15-95 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 45...
  • Page 612 Take off the bridge unit exit guide by removing 2 screws. Exit guide Note: The type of the screw differs depending on the installation position. Fig. 15-98 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 46...
  • Page 613  P.3-42 "3.5.5 Top front cover" Pull out the bridge unit. Remove 2 screws and then take off the inner cover. Fig. 15-101 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 47...
  • Page 614 Release the latch, open the duct and take off the exit paper cooling fan (front). Exit paper cooling fan (front) Bracket Fig. 15-104 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 48...
  • Page 615 Release the harness from the clamp and then disconnect the connector. Remove 2 screws and then take off the bridge unit cooling fan (front). Fig. 15-107 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 49...
  • Page 616 Fig. 15-109 Remove 1 screw and then take off the bridge unit cooling fan (rear) by sliding it. Fig. 15-110 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 50...
  • Page 617 Fig. 15-112 Take off the bridge unit connecting detection switch from its bracket. Bridge unit connecting detection switch Fig. 15-113 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 51...
  • Page 618 Take off the duplexing bridge unit.  P.15-52 "15.6.33 Duplexing bridge unit" Remove 2 E-rings, 2 pulleys and 1 belt. Fig. 15-116 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 52...
  • Page 619 When installing the sensor, hook the spring securely and make sure that the actuator returned to its original position by the spring force. Fig. 15-119 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 53...
  • Page 620 Remove 2 E-rings, 1 bushing and 1 bearing. Then take off the duplexing bridge transport Duplexing bridge unit roller. transport roller Bearing Fig. 15-122 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 54...
  • Page 621 Remove 2 screws and then take off the duplexing unit upper cover by releasing 2 Duplexing unit upper cover hooks. Fig. 15-125 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 55...
  • Page 622 Remove 1 screw and then lift up the fan bracket. Release a harness from a clamp and disconnect a connector. Fig. 15-128 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 56...
  • Page 623 ADU motor-1 Fig. 15-130 Remove 2 screws and then take off the bracket from ADU motor-1. ADU motor-1 Fig. 15-131 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 57...
  • Page 624 ADU motor-2 and the pulley. ADU motor-2 Fig. 15-132 Remove 2 screws and then take off the bracket from ADU motor-2. ADU motor-2 Fig. 15-133 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 58...

  • Page 625: Adu Transport Roller

     P.15-57 "15.6.41 ADU motor-1 (M7)" Remove 2 screws and then release 1 hook. Then take off the front hook cover. Fig. 15-136 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 59...
  • Page 626 Fig. 15-139 Remove a clip from the front side of the lever shaft. Then take off a bushing. Clip Bushing Fig. 15-140 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 60...
  • Page 627  P.15-58 "15.6.42 ADU motor-2 (M8)" Open the duplexing unit cover. Remove 2 screws and take off the front hook cover. Fig. 15-143 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 61...
  • Page 628 Remove 2 E-rings and 1 clip. Then remove 3 pulleys and 2 belts. Fig. 15-146 Remove an E-ring and a pulley. Fig. 15-147 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 62...
  • Page 629 1 belt. Remove 2 E-rings and 2 bearings. Then take Bearing off ADU transport roller-3. ADU transport roller-3 Bearing Fig. 15-150 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 63...
  • Page 630 15.6.48 Fuser transport sensor (S65) Pull out the duplexing unit. Remove 3 screws and take off transport Shoulder screw guide. Transport guide Fig. 15-153 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 64...
  • Page 631 Remove 5 screws and then take off the duplexing unit left side cover from the 2 hooks. Bridge unit left side cover Fig. 15-156 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 65...
  • Page 632 Release a clamp, and then disconnect 2 connectors from the duplexing unit cover opening/closing detection sensor. Duplexing unit cover opening/closing detection sensor Fig. 15-159 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 66...
  • Page 633 Remove 2 screws and a spring. Then remove a pusher. Fig. 15-161 Take off the duplexing unit interlock switch from the bracket. Duplexing unit interlock switch Fig. 15-162 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 67...
  • Page 634 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved EXIT / REVERSE / DUPLEX SECTION 15 - 68...

  • Page 635: Reversing Automatic Document Feeder (Radf)

    Exit/reverse roller Reverse paper path Exit roller Exit paper path Original tray sensor (SR1) RADF opening/closing sensor (SR15) Original tray width sensor (SR2) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 1...
  • Page 636 This roller transports the original reversed in the exit path to the exit roller. 11. Exit roller This roller transports the original to the original exit tray. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 2...

  • Page 637: Paper Path

    1. Single-sided original 2. Double-sided original Fig. 16-2 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 3...
  • Page 638 Original exit motor (MR4) Normal rotation / Normal rotation: Front Exit intermediate roller Reverse rotation side exiting Exit/reverse roller Reverse rotation: Exit roller Backside exiting e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 4...

  • Page 639: Original Size Detection

    Original tray width width width Size registration width sensor sensor detection detection detection determined sensor sensor-1 sensor-2 sensor-3 B5/B4 FOLIO A4/A3 A4-R B5-R A5-R © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 5...
  • Page 640 Original tray width width width Size registration width sensor sensor detection detection detection determined sensor sensor-1 sensor-2 sensor-3 COMP COMP LT-R/LG LT-R 8.5x8.5 ST-R e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 6...
  • Page 641 Original width Original width Original Size tray width registration detection detection detection tray sensor determined sensor sensor sensor-1 sensor-2 sensor-3 LT-R/LG LG/LT-R 8.5x8.5 ST-R © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 7...

  • Page 642: Electric Circuit Description

    Original reverse unit opening/closing sensor (SR14) RADF opening/closing sensor ( SR15 ) Jam access cover opening/closing sensor ( SWR1 ) RADF opening/closing switch ( SWR2 ) Fig. 16-4 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 8...
  • Page 643 The motor current value can be set discretionary by changing the level of the reference setting signal (FMOT-REF). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF)
  • Page 644 The motor current value can be set discretionary by changing the level of the reference setting signal (RMOT-REF). e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 10...
  • Page 645 The motor current value can be set discretionary by changing the level of the reference setting signal (SMOT-REF). © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF)
  • Page 646 “L”, Q15 is turned ON, the power of 24V is applied to the coil for recovery operation, the solenoid is turned OFF, and then the pickup roller goes up. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 12...
  • Page 647 (RESET) to “L” to put the CPU in a halt state. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF)
  • Page 648 Remove 1 screw and take off the RADF connector cover. Then disconnect the connector. Fig. 16-12 Remove 2 screws. Fig. 16-13 Open the RADF and remove 2 screws. Fig. 16-14 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 14...

  • Page 649: Radf Front Cover

    RADF front cover Open the original jam access cover and remove 2 screws. Fig. 16-16 Open the RADF and remove 4 screws. Fig. 16-17 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 15...

  • Page 650: Radf Rear Cover

    Open the original jam access cover and remove 4 screws. Fig. 16-19 Lift up the original tray and take off the RADF rear cover. Fig. 16-20 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 16...

  • Page 651: Original Jam Access Cover

    Fig. 16-21 Remove 2 screws and the hinge pin. Fig. 16-22 Slide the original jam access cover to take it off. Fig. 16-23 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 17...

  • Page 652: Radf Left Cover

     P.16-24 "16.5.12 Paper feeder unit" Disconnect 1 connector from the RADF board. LED3 Fig. 16-25 Remove 1 screw and take off the bushing. Fig. 16-26 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 18...

  • Page 653: Original Reverse Tray

    2. When installing the platen sheet unit, be sure to perform the platen sheet adjustment.  P.16-76 "16.6.9 Platen Sheet"(Ref. 16.6.9) Fig. 16-29 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 19...

  • Page 654: Radf Exit Tray

     P.16-19 "16.5.8 Platen sheet unit" Remove 5 screws. Fig. 16-30 Remove 1 screw. Fig. 16-31 Take off the RADF exit tray. Fig. 16-32 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 20...

  • Page 655: Reading Start Guide Unit

    Fig. 16-33 Remove 2 screws. Fig. 16-34 Remove 2 screws and take off the reading Reading start guide unit start guide unit. Fig. 16-35 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 21...

  • Page 656: Exit Guide / Exit/Reverse Guide / Reading End Guide

    Guide bushing take off the rear side guide bushing. Connector Clip Fig. 16-37 Remove 1 screw and take off the leaf spring. Fig. 16-38 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 22...
  • Page 657 (11) Remove 1 E-ring, 1 pulley, 1 pin, 1 timing belt, 1 guide bushing and the bracket. Bracket Guide bushing Timing belt Pulley E-ring Fig. 16-42 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 23...

  • Page 658: Paper Feeder Unit

    2 screws and take off the arm unit on the front side. Fig. 16-44 Remove 1 clip and slide the bushing. Fig. 16-45 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 24...
  • Page 659 Fig. 16-47 Note: Make sure you assemble the pickup roller with the one-way clutch in the correct direction. Lock Lock Fig. 16-48 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 25...

  • Page 660: Feed Roller

    Pull out the shaft and take off the feed roller. Fig. 16-50 Note: Make sure you assemble the pickup roller with the one-way clutch in the correct direction. Lock Lock Fig. 16-51 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 26...
  • Page 661 Then take off the separation roller unit. Fig. 16-53 Remove 1 E-ring and 1 bushing and then take off the separation roller. Fig. 16-54 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 27...

  • Page 662: Original Registration Roller

    Remove 1 clip, 1 pulley and 1 bushing. Bushing Pulley Clip Fig. 16-56 Remove 1 clip and 1 bushing. Bushing Clip Fig. 16-57 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 28...

  • Page 663: Intermediate Transport Roller

    Take off the reading start guide unit.  P.16-21 "16.5.10 Reading start guide unit" Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 16-59 Remove 1 screw. Fig. 16-60 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 29...

  • Page 664: Reading Start Roller

     P.16-21 "16.5.10 Reading start guide unit" Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 16-62 Remove 1 screw. Remove 1 timing belt, 1 pulley and 1 bearing. Bearing Pulley Fig. 16-63 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 30...
  • Page 665 Take off the reading start roller. Note: When installing the reading start roller, refix the loosened screw and tighten the belt tension. Fig. 16-66 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 31...

  • Page 666: Reading End Roller

    Fig. 16-67 Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 16-68 Remove 1 screw, 1 pulley, 1 bearing and 1 timing belt. Timing belt Bearing Pulley Fig. 16-69 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 32...

  • Page 667: Exit Roller

     P.16-22 "16.5.11 Exit guide / Exit/reverse guide / Reading end guide" Remove 2 screws and take off the guide. Fig. 16-71 Take off the exit roller. Fig. 16-72 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 33...

  • Page 668: Exit/Reverse Roller

    Remove 1 E-ring, 1 pulley, 1 pin and 1 bushing. Bushing Pulley E-ring Fig. 16-74 Take off the exit/reverse roller, remove 1 E- Bushing ring and 1 bushing. E-ring Fig. 16-75 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 34...

  • Page 669: Exit Intermediate Roller

    E-ring Fig. 16-77 Remove 1 E-ring and 1 bushing and take off the exit intermediate roller. Bushing Exit intermediate roller E-ring Fig. 16-78 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 35...
  • Page 670 Take off the original feed motor bracket with Bushing the motor.  P.16-38 "16.5.25 Original feed motor bracket" Remove 1 clip, 1 pulley, 1 pin and 1 bushing. Pulley Clip e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 36...
  • Page 671 Remove 1clip and 1 bushing. Bushing Clip Remove the reverse roller. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 37...

  • Page 672: Original Feed Motor (Mr1)

    Fig. 16-80 16.5.25 Original feed motor bracket Take off the RADF rear cover.  P.16-16 "16.5.3 RADF rear cover" Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 16-81 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 38...

  • Page 673: Read Motor (Mr2)

    Fig. 16-83 16.5.26 Read motor (MR2) Take off the RADF rear cover.  P.16-16 "16.5.3 RADF rear cover" Loosen 1 screw. Fig. 16-84 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 39...

  • Page 674: Read Motor Bracket

    Note: When installing the read motor bracket, refix the loosened screw and tighten the belt tension. Connector Fig. 16-87 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 40...

  • Page 675: Original Reverse Motor (Mr3)

     P.16-16 "16.5.3 RADF rear cover" Disconnect 1 connector. Remove 3 screws and take off the original exit motor with the bracket. Fig. 16-90 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 41...

  • Page 676: Radf Cooling Fan (Fr1)

    Connector Fig. 16-92 Remove 2 screws and take off the bracket from the RADF cooling fan. Fig. 16-93 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 42...

  • Page 677: Original Pickup Solenoid (Solr1)

    When installing the solenoid, check if the solenoid is installed at the center of the scale. (The scale is longer in the center.). Fig. 16-96 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 43...

  • Page 678: Original Reverse Solenoid (Solr2)

    Fig. 16-98 Note: Before taking off the solenoid, read the scale. When reinstalling, align it with the corresponding position on the scale. Fig. 16-99 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 44...

  • Page 679: Original Exit Solenoid (Solr3)

    Fig. 16-101 Note: Before taking off the solenoid, read the scale. When reinstalling, align it with the corresponding position on the scale. Fig. 16-102 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 45...

  • Page 680: Original Jam Access Cover Opening/Closing Switch (Swr1)

    Fig. 16-104 16.5.35 RADF opening/closing switch (SWR2) Take off the RADF board bracket.  P.16-58 "16.5.54 RADF board bracket" Disconnect 3 connectors. Fig. 16-105 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 46...
  • Page 681 Fig. 16-107 Note: Be sure to install the switch so that the arm comes to the upper side of the switch. Fig. 16-108 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 47...

  • Page 682: Radf Opening/Closing Sensor (Sr15)

    Remove 4 screws and take off the sensor bracket. Fig. 16-110 Disconnect 1 connector. Release 2 latches and take off the original empty sensor. Original empty sensor Fig. 16-111 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 48...

  • Page 683: Original Jam Access Cover Opening/Closing Sensor (Sr13)

    Fig. 16-113 16.5.39 Feeder lower guide unit Take off the original tray.  P.16-18 "16.5.6 Original tray" Take off the guide. Fig. 16-114 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 49...

  • Page 684: Original Width Detection Sensor-3 (Sr8)

    Original width detection sensor-2 Disconnect 1 connector. Lift the actuator, release 2 latches and take off the original width detection sensor-2. Fig. 16-117 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 50...

  • Page 685: Original Width Detection Sensor-1 (Sr6)

     P.16-22 "16.5.11 Exit guide / Exit/reverse guide / Reading end guide" Remove 2 screws and take off the 2 leaf springs. Fig. 16-120 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 51...

  • Page 686: Original Tray Sensor (Sr1)

     P.16-19 "16.5.7 Original reverse tray" Remove 2 screws and release 8 latches to take off the original side guide unit. Fig. 16-123 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 52...

  • Page 687: Original Tray Width Sensor (Sr2)

     P.16-19 "16.5.7 Original reverse tray" Remove 2 screws and release 8 latches to take off the original side guide unit. Fig. 16-126 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 53...

  • Page 688: Original Exit/Reverse Sensor (Sr11)

    Remove 1 spring and take off the locking bracket. Locking Bracket Locking lever Fig. 16-129 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 54...

  • Page 689: Original Reverse Unit Opening/Closing Sensor (Sr14)

    / Reading end guide" Disconnect 1 connector. Release 2 latches and take off the original reverse unit opening/ closing sensor. Fig. 16-132 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 55...

  • Page 690: Original Reading End Sensor (Sr4)

    Take off the reading start guide unit.  P.16-21 "16.5.10 Reading start guide unit" Disconnect 1 connector. Remove 1 screw and take off the sensor bracket. Fig. 16-135 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 56...

  • Page 691: Original Reading Start Sensor (Prism)

    When replacing the original reading start sensor, be sure to perform the original reading start sensor adjustment.  P.16-73 "16.6.8 Original reading start sensor adjustment" Fig. 16-138 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 57...
  • Page 692 Disconnect 11 connectors. Fig. 16-140 Disconnect 1 connector. Take off the harness clamp. Remove 4 screws and take off the RADF board bracket. Fig. 16-141 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 58...

  • Page 693: Harness Guide

     P.16-16 "16.5.3 RADF rear cover" Remove the harnesses from the harness guide. Remove 3 screws and take off the harness guide. Fig. 16-142 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 59...
  • Page 694 (front side) temporarily. Fig. 16-144 Remove the platen sheet. Note: Be sure not to fold or stain the removed platen sheet. Fig. 16-145 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 60...
  • Page 695 Install 2 positioning pins. Fig. 16-148 Close the RADF gently and check if the positioning pins fit the holes on the RADF. Fig. 16-149 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 61...
  • Page 696 (rear side) on the left-hand hinge bracket. Fig. 16-152 (11) Tighten the 2 fixing screws (front side) on the hinge bracket. Fig. 16-153 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 62...
  • Page 697 Close the RADF gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly. Fig. 16-156 (15) Install the gaskets. Fig. 16-157 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 63...

  • Page 698: Radf Height Adjustment

    (left side) of the RADF. Turn it clockwise ....Lowered Turn it counterclockwise ..Heightened Fig. 16-160 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 64...
  • Page 699 RADF is reinstalled. Perform the RADF height adjustment only when the position is not aligned with that before the reinstallation. Pointer Fig. 16-161 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 65...

  • Page 700: Radf Image Skew Adjustment

    “C” as shown in the figure above, shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”, and if “D”, shift it to “-”. Fig. 16-164 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 66...
  • Page 701 “C” as shown in the figure above, shift the aligning plate in the direction of “+”, and if “D”, shift it to “-”. Fig. 16-167 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 67...

  • Page 702: Radf Leading Edge Position Adjustment

    Fig. 16-169 current one. Note: Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.2 mm. Press the [ENTER] button. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 68...
  • Page 703 Note: Changing one value shifts the copy image by 0.2 mm. Press the [ENTER] button. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 69...

  • Page 704: Radf Horizontal Position Adjustment

    If the center line of the copy image is shifted to the rear side of the equipment (H), enter a value smaller than the current one. Press the [ENTER] button. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 70...

  • Page 705: Radf Copy Ratio Adjustment

    When the value is increased (decreased) by 1, the copy image (ratio in the secondary scanning direction) is affected correspondingly by 1%. Press the [ENTER] button. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 71...

  • Page 706: Radf Opening/Closing Switch Adjustment

    ON. Tighten the fixing screw of the bracket. Install the RADF rear cover. Bracket Fig. 16-177 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 72...

  • Page 707: Original Reading Start Sensor Adjustment

    If you do so, the adjustment value will be reset. In this case, repeat the adjustment from step 2. Loosen 2 prism vertical adjustment screws of the prism. Fig. 16-178 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 73...
  • Page 708 LED 3 on the RADF board lights. At this position, tighten 2 prism vertical adjustment screws. Fig. 16-179 LED3 Fig. 16-180 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 74...
  • Page 709 Perform the automatic adjustment (05-356). Note: After the manual adjustment is performed, be sure to do the automatic one. Turn the power OFF and install the cover. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 75...

  • Page 710: Platen Sheet

    Close the RADF gently and open it to check if the platen sheet is attached properly. Fig. 16-185 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REVERSING AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER (RADF) 16 - 76...

  • Page 711: Power Supply Unit

    3. Heater lamp control circuit TRC (Triac) is driven by the control signal from the LGC board and then AC power is supplied to each heater lamp in the pressure roller. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C POWER SUPPLY UNIT...

  • Page 712: Operation Of Dc Output Circuits

    Only DC voltage and +5VS are output from the power supply unit. The [POWER] button is monitored and the LED of the main power switch is lit. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 2...

  • Page 713: Output Channel

    Output to the PFC board (via LGC board) +24VD4: CN406 Pin 2 Output to the Finisher +24VD5: CN407 Pins 9, 10, 11 and 12 Output to the SLG board, RADF © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 3...
  • Page 714 Output from the LIVE of AC inlet to the AC input (cover switch line) reactor CN426 Input from the reactor to the LIVE AC input (cover switch line) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 4...
  • Page 715 Discharge LED-Y ERS-Y Discharge LED-M ERS-M Discharge LED-C ERS-C Discharge LED-K ERS-K Laser optical unit cooling fan (Rear) Key copy counter, copy key card, coin controller © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 5...
  • Page 716 4th drawer feed clutch CLT7 Bridge unit cooling fan (front) Bridge unit cooling fan (rear) Stopper opening/closing solenoid SOL10 (front) Stopper opening/closing solenoid SOL11 (rear) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 6...
  • Page 717 SLG board F205: 8 A (Semi time-lag) RADF +5VB LGC board F210: 5 A (Semi time-lag) +5VS SYS board, F211: Control panel 0.4 A (PolySwitch) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 7...

  • Page 718: Configuration Of Power Supply Unit

    17.5 Configuration of Power Supply Unit CN129 CN426 J42/J57 CN301,CN302 J717 SCN/ADF LGC/PFC J898 CN403 CN407 CN405 CN406 CN404 J898 Noise filter Noise filter CN401 CN425 CN426 CN408 Fig. 17-1 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 8...

  • Page 719: Sequence Of Power Supply

    PWR-EN ( 5VS ) 20ms or lower 5VB/12VB ( MAIN ) 50ms or higher 700ms or lower RLY-ON ( 5VB ) 24VD/5VD ( DOOR ) Fig. 17-2 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 9...
  • Page 720 20ms or lower 5VB/12VB ( MAIN ) 100ms or lower RLY-ON ( 5VB ) 700ms or lower 700ms or lower 24VD/5VD ( DOOR ) Fig. 17-3 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 10...

  • Page 721: Ac Wire Harness

    CN437 AC ( N ) CN436 AC ( L ) CN435 White AC ( N ) Breaker CN434 Black AC ( L ) Fig. 17-4 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 11...
  • Page 722 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved POWER SUPPLY UNIT 17 - 12...

  • Page 723: Preventive Maintenance (Pm)

    08-5562 : Setting value of PM counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit] 08-5563 : Setting value of PM time counter [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit] © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C...

  • Page 724: Pm Display Contents

    Parts other than the PM parts of the process unit : 0100 If multiple parts have reached the maintenance time, the sum of the corresponding code values listed above is displayed in hexadecimal numbers. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 2...
  • Page 725 “0” Always maintenance maintenance maintenance required required required Maintenance required Y+M+C Y+M+C K+M+Y K+M+Y K+Y+C K+Y+C K+C+M K+C+M K+Y+M+C K+Y+M+C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 3...

  • Page 726: Counter Clearing

    When the current value of “2nd TRANSFER” on the main screen or “2nd TRANSFER ROLLER” on the sub screen in the PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 4...

  • Page 727: General Descriptions For Pm Procedure

    Perform a preventive maintenance using the following checklist and illustrations. Plug in the equipment after the maintenance has been finished. Then turn ON the power and make some copies to confirm that the equipment is working properly. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 728: Operational Flow

    * The screen goes back to the main screen when the counter clear is performed or the [CANCEL] button is pressed after moving from the main screen, while it goes back to the sub screen after moving from the sub screen. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 6...

  • Page 729: Operational Screen

    2. “—” is displayed at the numeric section for the paper source which is not installed since the paper source is different depending on the structure of options. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 730 Displaying of the standard number of drive counts to replace the sub unit (parts) Displaying of the number of printed / developed pages and drive counts and previous replacement date for a chosen sub unit e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 8...
  • Page 731 Displaying of the present drive counts Note: “—” is displayed since there is no standard number in the number of printed / developed pages and drive count. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 9...
  • Page 732 “*” is displayed next to the present number of the performance index if it has exceeded its threshold number. Displaying of the threshold number of performance index e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 10...
  • Page 733 When the [INITIALIZE] button is pressed, “Present number of printed / developed pages” and Present driving counts” are cleared and “Previous replacement date” is updated. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 734: Access Tree

    SEP ROLLER (2nd CST.) [Separation roller] 3rd CST. PICK UP ROLLER (3rd CST.) [3rd drawer] FEED ROLLER (3rd CST.) SEP ROLLER (3rd CST.) [Separation roller] e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 12...
  • Page 735 • Bypass unit Reset the feeding retry counter (08-1394) • T-LCF Reset the feeding retry counter (08-1395) • O-LCF Reset the feeding retry counter (08-1402) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 13...

  • Page 736: General Description

    Check the drive counts of all parts at PM support mode. Replace the part. Does it exceed the specified drive count? Check the part and equipment according to the “TROUBLESHOOTING”. Fig. 18-9 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 14...
  • Page 737 • Does does the driving ratio exceed 230? (When the developer unit driving time is extremely long) Check the part and equipment according to the troubleshooting Fig. 18-11 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 15...

  • Page 738: Preventive Maintenance Checklist

    2. The value in the “Replacement” field of the table below indicates the replacement number of output pages in either the black or the full color mode. If they differ according to the model, they are indicated in the order of the e-STUDIO5520C, e-STUDIO6520C and e- STUDIO65300C.
  • Page 739 Make sure that there is no fingerprints or oil staining on part of the original glass on where the original scale is mounted since the shading correction plate is located below the scale to be scanned. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 740 18.6.2 Feed unit B1 B2 Fig. 18-13 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 18...
  • Page 741 The quantity of molykote should be smaller than that to be applied to the other parts. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 742 ADU transport roller 1 18-6 ADU transport roller 2 18-5 ADU transport roller 3 18-7 Duplexing bridge transport 20-12 roller Pulley stud Paper guide 19-2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 20...
  • Page 743 Make sure that the grease does not adhere to the roller surface. Wipe it off with alcohol if adhered. Apply grease on the inner surface Fig. 18-16 Apply white grease Fig. 18-17 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 21...

  • Page 744: Main Charger

    * E1: Main charger case Clean the main charger case with a cloth soaked in water and squeezed tightly, and then wipe them with a dry cloth. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 22...

  • Page 745: Drum / Cleaner Unit / Filter

    18.6.6 Drum / Cleaner unit / Filter Fig. 18-19 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 23...
  • Page 746 Remove any toner on the waste toner section of the drum cleaner unit and the upper section of the EPU tray toner duct. Fig. 18-20 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 24...
  • Page 747 If the surface is scratched in such a way that the aluminum substrate is exposed, no copy image will be produced on this area. In addition, the cleaning blade will be damaged so replacement with a new drum will be necessary. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 748 Normal Being cought Coming up on Side seal Side seal Side seal Blade Blade Blade Fig. 18-23 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 26...
  • Page 749 So be sure to replace it periodically. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 750: Developer Unit (K, Y, M, And C)

    Then clean the doctor blade by running the jig for 3 times to and fro along with the edge of the blade. Fig. 18-25 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 28...
  • Page 751 If you cannot find any foreign matter, exchange the developer material. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 752 After replacing the developer material, be sure to perform the auto-toner sensor adjustment and then image quality control initialization.  P.8-10 "8.5.2 Adjustment of the Auto-Toner Sensor"  P.8-12 "8.5.3 Performing Image Quality Control (IQC)" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 30...
  • Page 753 (x 1,000 drive Coatin check <P-I> sheets) counts) Waste toner box full detection 65-45 sensor Waste toner amount detection 65-45 sensor Waste toner detection sensor 5-17 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 31...

  • Page 754: Transfer Belt Unit / Transfer Belt Cleaning Unit

    Counter resetting is not possible in the PM support mode because the transfer belt is not a PM part. Therefore reset the counter in the PM management setting (08-1228-0) after the transfer belt has been replaced. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 32...
  • Page 755 Do not place the blade near a heat source. • Cleaning procedure Clean the blade edge with a cloth moistened with water and squeezed lightly. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 33...
  • Page 756 Cleaning on the back side of the Mylar is not necessary even if it is dirty. Urethane foam Recovery blade Cleaning Mylar Urethane foam Fig. 18-33 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 34...

  • Page 757: Image Quality Control Unit

    Clean the image quality sensor, image position aligning sensor (Front/Center/Rear) and the sensor shutter when replacing the transfer belt cleaning blade and the blade seal, or the transfer belt itself. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 758 Paper dust cleaning brush 22-45 TRU waste toner box 225/250/275 27-47 TRU waste toner amount 27-46 detection sensor TRU waste toner auger drive gear (tooth face and shaft) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 36...
  • Page 759 Normal Being cought Coming up on Side seal Side seal Side seal Blade Blade Blade Fig. 18-38 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 37...
  • Page 760 After the TRU waste toner box was replaced, apply 1 rice-sized grain of white grease (Molykote EM30-L) over the teeth of the TRU waste toner auger drive gear. Fig. 18-40 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 38...
  • Page 761 43-42 (center/side) Separation plate 43-53 Entry guide Fuser unit gear (tooth face and shaft) Fuser unit gear (tooth face) Fuser belt thermopile 38-2 (center/side) Rotor © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 39...
  • Page 762 Replace the finger if the toner is sticking to it heavily. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 40...
  • Page 763 250,000 sheets e-STUDIO6530C every 275,000 sheets every 275,000 sheets * L16: Rotor If the surface of the rotor is dirty, wipe off the dirt. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 41...

  • Page 764: Bridge Unit

    Items to check Cleaning list (x 1,000 (x 1,000 drive Coatin check <P-I> sheets) counts) Upper paper exit roller 36-6 Lower paper exit roller 35-27 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 42...
  • Page 765 Reading end roller 84-2 Reverse registration roller 84-1 Exit intermediate roller 86-26 Exit/reverse roller 86-26 Reverse roller 83-16 Exit roller 86-28 Platen sheet B or A 92-3 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 43...
  • Page 766 (x 1,000 drive Coatin check <P-I> sheets) counts) Pickup roller 5-46 Feed roller Separation roller Drive gear (tooth face) Brush unit Paper path section Sensor section e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 44...
  • Page 767 Remove the brush unit and feed roller, clean the paper dust of paper path section and the shaded area of figure bellow. Shaded area Fig. 18-47 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 45...

  • Page 768: Storage Of Supplies And Replacement Parts

    Avoid storing copy paper in places where it may be subjected to high humidity. After a package is opened, be sure to place and store it in a storage bag. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 46...
  • Page 769 Separation roller ASYS-ROL-SPT-LCF * The following seal is attached to the 2nd transfer roller cleaning blade. Part Part name Qty. 2nd transfer roller side seal SHLD-BLADE-TR2-SIDE-R © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 47...

  • Page 770: Maintenance Part List

    (for transporting the unpacked equipment) *1: Part list <P-I> represents the page item in “e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C Service Parts List”. *2: This part has been newly added in e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C, others are common to those used for other models. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved...
  • Page 771 14,15 Fig. 18-48 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 18 - 49...

  • Page 772: Grease List

    Floil (GE-334C) 20 g Bottle * Part list <P-I> represents the page item in “e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C Service Parts List”. 18.11 Operational Items in Overhauling Overhauling must be performed in order to maintain the quality level of this equipment at the following timing.

  • Page 773: Firmware Updating

    Converter firmware (K-PWA-DLM-320) Hole Punch Unit Hole punch unit firmware (MJ-6102) Fax Unit FAX firmware (GD-1270) Imaging Acceleration Board Imaging Acceleration Board firmware USB media (GE-1170) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 1...
  • Page 774 E. FAX ROM (GD-1270) D. RADF ROM K-PWA-DLM-320 K-PWA-DLM-320 F. Engine ROM ROM4 ROM1 PWA-DWNLD-350-JIG2 ROM5 ROM2 ROM6 ROM3 G. PFC ROM ROM4 ROM1 PWA-DWNLD-350-JIG2 ROM5 ROM2 ROM6 ROM3 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 2...
  • Page 775 PFC ROM P. 19-30 Finisher ROM (MJ-1103/1104) P. 19-38 Hole punch unit ROM (MJ-6102) P. 19-42 Saddle stitcher ROM (MJ-1104) P. 19-40 Converter ROM (MJ-1103/1104) P. 19-45 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 3...
  • Page 776 [ON/OFF] button is pressed while simultaneously holding down the [4] and [9] buttons, "Can't fetch Ver." may be displayed on the control panel for some ROMS. A normal power on must be performed. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 4...

  • Page 777: Firmware Updating With Usb Media

    Store the update program loader (mentusb2.o) in the root directory, and store the model specific update program (dlFirmWare_5520C_6530C) and the data file for updating in the model specific folder. Model specific folder name 5520C_6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 5...
  • Page 778 However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root directory already exists, this will have priority. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 6...

  • Page 779: Master Data/System Rom/Pfc Rom/Engine Rom/Scanner Rom

    Connect the USB media to the USB port on the right upper cover. USB port USB media Fig. 19-1 Note: Updating cannot be performed with multiple USB media connected at the same time. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 7...
  • Page 780 Please Change USB Storage or Please Check Checking of data file failed. ROMDATA Other models ROMDATA Vxxxx.xxx x Master data of other model (hdd.bin) are The version name comes at “xxxx.xxx.x”. stored. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 8...
  • Page 781 Scanner Firm Update ..Flash Update Scanner Firm Update ..Completed “Update Completed.” is displayed at the bottom of the LCD screen after the updating is completed properly. Fig. 19-3 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 9...
  • Page 782 (When the download is written) Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality (When the download is finished) (When the download is finished) Other error Other error e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 10...
  • Page 783 Turn ON the power while [0] button and [8] button are pressed simultaneously. • Key in “947”, and then press the [START] button. • Press the [INITIALIZE] button. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 11...
  • Page 784 Automatic gamma adjustment <PPC> (05-1642) (using [4][FAX] test pattern):  P.8-40 "8.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment" • Automatic gamma adjustment < PRT > (05-1008) (using [70][FAX] test pattern):  P.8-55 "8.7.1 Automatic gamma adjustment" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 12...
  • Page 785 4. Engine Main Firmware Update Update Completed Fig. 19-4 Below is an example of the changes of the LCD screen during update. System ROM Fig. 19-5 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 13...
  • Page 786 Master data Fig. 19-6 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 14...
  • Page 787 Scanner ROM Fig. 19-7 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 15...
  • Page 788 PFC ROM / Engine ROM Fig. 19-8 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 16...

  • Page 789: Imaging Acceleration Board Rom (Ge-1170)

    Connect the USB media to the USB port on the right upper cover. USB port USB media Fig. 19-9 Note: Updating cannot be performed with multiple USB media connected at the same time. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 17...
  • Page 790 Please Change USB Storage or Please Check Checking of data file failed. ROMDATA Other models ROMDATA Vxxxx.xxx x Master data of other model (hdd.bin) are The version name comes at “xxxx.xxx.x”. stored. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 18...
  • Page 791 An error occurred during the memory allocation. Other error Other error Press the [ON/OFF] button to shut down the equipment, and then remove the USB media. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 19...
  • Page 792  P.19-50 "19.4 Confirmation of the updated data" Note: Check that the icon of the Imaging Acceleration Board on the scan menu is displayed in color. Fig. 19-12 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 20...
  • Page 793 [C] Display during the update Below is an example of the changes of the LCD screen during update. Imaging Acceleration Board ROM Fig. 19-13 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 21...

  • Page 794: Firmware Updating With Pwa-Dwnld-350-Jig2

    The download jig (PWA-DWNLD-350-JIG2) is the jig in which the Flash ROM is mounted on the board directly. Therefore, ROM writer adapter (PWA-DL-ADP-350) is required to write the data to these Flash ROMs. Refer to the following to write the data. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 22...

  • Page 795: Writing The Data To The Download Jig (Pwa-Dwnld-350-Jig2)

    Minato Electronics MODEL 1893/1895/1931/1940 PWA-DL-ADP-350-1931 (model 1931) (or equivalent) model 1881 model 1931 ( LV650 ) [ PWA-DL-ADP-350-1881 ] [ PWA-DL-ADP-350-1931 ] Fig. 19-16 Fig. 19-17 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 23...
  • Page 796 ROM2 ROM3 ROM4 ROM5 ROM6 Note: Be sure not to confuse different ROM Versions since the file name is identical although the ROM version is different. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 24...
  • Page 797 File Name Flash ROM T430MWW.xxx ROM1 ROM2 ROM3 ROM4 ROM5 ROM6 [B-2] PFC ROM Rotary Switch File Name Flash ROM T430FWW.xxx ROM1 ROM2 ROM3 ROM4 ROM5 ROM6 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 25...

  • Page 798: System Rom

    “*” is displayed next to the selected item. Display or delete the “*” by pressing the number of the item. All items are selected in the default settings. Press the [START] button. Updating starts and the processing status is displayed on the LCD screen. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 26...
  • Page 799 After the updating is completed, check each data version in the Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.19-50 "19.4 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 800: Engine Rom

    Turn the power OFF using the main power switch on the right-hand surface of the equipment. Unplug the power cable from the outlet. Take off the rear cover. Fig. 19-20 Take off the cover plate. Fig. 19-21 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 28...
  • Page 801 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.19-50 "19.4 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 802 Turn the power OFF using the main power switch on the right-hand surface of the equipment. Unplug the power cable from the outlet. Take off the rear cover. Fig. 19-23 Take off the cover plate. Fig. 19-24 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 30...
  • Page 803 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.19-50 "19.4 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 804 Fax unit firmware FAX board (GD-1270) K-PWA-DLM-320 Connector Mark for ROM installation direction Fig. 19-26 Jig board: K-PWA-DLM-320 Important: Pay attention to the direction of the ROM. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 32...

  • Page 805: Scanner Rom

    Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. Take off the top right cover. Fig. 19-27 Take off the right top cover. Fig. 19-28 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 33...
  • Page 806 Turn the power OFF using the main power switch on the right-hand surface of the equipment, remove the download jig, and then install the cover plate, top right cover and right top cover. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 34...
  • Page 807 If the exposure lamp blinks twice at the time of start-up and a “C270” error occurs, the model of the scanner ROM updated may be incorrect. Check the model of the scanner ROM and retry updating. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 808: Radf Firmware

    Fig. 19-32 Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts automatically and the LED on the download jig lights. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 36...
  • Page 809 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.19-50 "19.4 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING...
  • Page 810 Download jig Fig. 19-34 Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts and the LED on the download jig lights. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 38...
  • Page 811 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.19-50 "19.4 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 812: Saddle Stitcher Firmware (Mj-1104)

    Download jig Fig. 19-36 Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts and the LED on the download jig lights. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 40...
  • Page 813 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.19-50 "19.4 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 814: Hole Punch Unit Firmware (Mj-6102)

    “6”, record it because the value needs to be reset after the firmware is updated. Return the DIP-SW1 to the status before checking. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 42...

  • Page 815: [B] Firmware Update

    (CN5) on the interface PC board? • Are the connector (CN4) on the Interface PC board and the connector (CN4) on the hole punch control PC board connected properly? © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 43...
  • Page 816 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.19-50 "19.4 Confirmation of the updated data" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 44...
  • Page 817 Download jig Fig. 19-41 Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts and the LED on the download jig lights. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 45...
  • Page 818 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.19-50 "19.4 Confirmation of the updated data" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 46...

  • Page 819: Fax Unit Firmware (Gd-1270)

    Press the [ON/OFF] button on the control panel to shut down the equipment. Remove the modular cable cover. Fig. 19-42 Remove the FAX cover. Fig. 19-43 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 47...
  • Page 820 Fig. 19-46 Press the [ON/OFF] button while simultaneously holding down the [0] and [8] buttons. Updating starts automatically and the LED on the download jig lights. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 48...
  • Page 821 After the updating is completed, check each data version in Setting Mode (08) to confirm that the data were overwritten properly.  P.19-50 "19.4 Confirmation of the updated data" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 822: Confirmation Of The Updated Data

    * If “NGD” is displayed for the PFC ROM version (08-906), the downloading of PFC ROM fails. Update the firmware again.  P.19-51 "19.5 When Firmware Updating Fails" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 50...

  • Page 823: When Firmware Updating Fails

    If the equipment cannot be started even when the above update has been performed, check that there is no damage to the “SYS board”, “LGC board”, “PFC board” or “SLG board”. Replace them if necessary. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 824: Flow Chart For Correcting Usb Update Failure

    Check ROM version. Failed twice or more? " 19.4 Confirmation of the updated data " Replace SYS board. Is ROM version correct? Update USB. Update completed e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 52...
  • Page 825 Update USB. Check HDD/ROM version. " 19.4 Confirmation of the updated data " Update succeeded? Is HDD/ROM version correct? Replace SYS board. Update USB. Update completed © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 53...
  • Page 826 Check ROM version. Failed twice or more? " 19.4 Confirmation of the updated data " Replace target board. Is ROM version correct? Update USB. Update completed e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 19 - 54...

  • Page 827: Replacement Of Pc Boards/Hdd

    SYS board (SYS) Take off the SYS board cover.  P.20-1 "20.1.1 SYS board cover" Disconnect 1 USB terminal and 6 connectors. Fig. 20-2 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 1...

  • Page 828: Sys Board Case

    Take off the SYS board cover.  P.20-1 "20.1.1 SYS board cover" Disconnect 3 connectors on the IMG board. IMG board Fig. 20-4 Remove 5 screws. Fig. 20-5 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 2...

  • Page 829: Sys Board Cooling Fan (F27)

    Fig. 20-7 20.1.4 SYS board cooling fan (F27) Take off the SYS board cover.  P.20-1 "20.1.1 SYS board cover" Disconnect 1 connector. Fig. 20-8 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 3...

  • Page 830: Img Board (Img)

     P.20-1 "20.1.2 SYS board (SYS)" Disconnect 4 connectors. Fig. 20-10 Remove 8 screws and take off the IMG IMG board board. Fig. 20-11 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 4...

  • Page 831: Lgc Board (Lgc)

    When installing, be sure to connect the flat cables at the proper positions. Fig. 20-12 Remove 8 screws and take off the LGC board. LGC board Fig. 20-13 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 5...

  • Page 832: Lgc Board Case

    Fig. 20-14 Release harness from 4 clamps and 4 clamps with a lock. Fig. 20-15 Remove the harness guide. Harness guide Fig. 20-16 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 6...

  • Page 833: Pfc Board (Pfc)

    Disconnect 15 connectors. (in case of a 4- drawer model) Fig. 20-18 Note: If the equipment is a tandem LCF-model, disconnect 13 connectors. Fig. 20-19 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 7...

  • Page 834: Pfc Board Case

    Disconnect 15 connectors. (in case of a 4- drawer model) Fig. 20-21 Note: If the equipment is a tandem LCF-model, disconnect 13 connectors. Fig. 20-22 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 8...

  • Page 835: Hard Disk (Hdd)

    PFC board case Fig. 20-24 20.1.10 Hard disk (HDD) Take off the rear cover.  P.3-46 "3.5.18 Rear cover" Disconnect 2 connectors. Fig. 20-25 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 9...

  • Page 836: Hdd Cooling Fan (F28)

    Open the SYS board case for approx. 90 degrees. SYS board case  P.20-2 "20.1.3 SYS board case" Note: Open the board case gently during maintenance work or similar. Fig. 20-28 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 10...
  • Page 837 Lift the SYS board case to remove it. SYS board case Fig. 20-31 Disconnect 1 connector. Remove 5 harness clamps with a lock. Fig. 20-32 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 11...
  • Page 838 Release 2 latches and take off the SRAM board for LGC board from the case. SRAM board Latch <for LGC board> Case Fig. 20-35 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 12...
  • Page 839 Release 2 latches and take off the SRAM board for SYS board from the case. SRAM board Latch <for SYS board> Case Fig. 20-38 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 13...

  • Page 840: Switching Regulator (Ps)

    Take off the rear cover.  P.3-46 "3.5.18 Rear cover" Take off the PSU cover. PSU cover Fig. 20-40 Disconnect 2 connectors. Fig. 20-41 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 14...
  • Page 841 Remove 2 screws and take off the duct. Duct Fig. 20-43 Disconnect 7 connectors. Fig. 20-44 Remove 4 screws and take off the switching regulator. Switching regulator Fig. 20-45 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 15...

  • Page 842: High-Voltage Transformer-1 (Hvt1)

     P.20-8 "20.1.9 PFC board case" Take off the switching regulator.  P.20-14 "20.1.14 Switching regulator (PS)" Disconnect 7 connectors. Black Blue Yellow Fig. 20-48 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 16...
  • Page 843 Remove 6 screws, release 1 locking support and then take off the high-voltage transformer-2. High-voltage transformer-2 Fig. 20-49 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 17...

  • Page 844: Fil Board

    FIL board cover Fig. 20-50 Disconnect 8 connectors. Black White Yellow Fig. 20-51 Remove 4 screws and take off the FIL board. FIL board Fig. 20-52 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 18...
  • Page 845 When SRAM requires replacement, see  P.20-29 "20.2.6 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board (for SYS board)" /  P.20-33 "20.2.7 Precautions and Procedures when replacing SRAM board (for LGC board)". © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD...

  • Page 846: Hdd Fault Diagnosis

    High possibility of physical failure (A HDD connector, harness or HDD replacement displayed as SYS board may be one of the causes.) is recommended. “-------”. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 20...
  • Page 847 "Over-range" is displayed if the number of digits acquired from the HDD exceeds the maximum digits which can be displayed on the control panel; however, this does not indicate an error. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C...

  • Page 848: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing The Hdd

    [F] Reset user's setting item and restore data/information [G] Reset "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE" [H] Reset "FUNCTION" list [I] Adjust image quality Setting completed Fig. 20-54 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 22...
  • Page 849 Press the [LIST] button. Key in [*] [#] [*] [*] [3] [3] and then press the [START] button. The “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE” is printed out. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 23...
  • Page 850 (11) Check the version of the HDD (08-944). • Confirm the version displayed on the LCD, and then press the [ENTER] button. (12) Turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 24...
  • Page 851 Press the [FAX] button and then the [TERMINAL ID] button to set each item. Press the [INITIAL SETUP] button to set each item. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 25...
  • Page 852 Adjust image quality Start up with the Adjustment mode (05). Perform “Automatic gamma adjustment” <PPC> (05-580).  P.8-40 "8.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment" Turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 26...

  • Page 853: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing The Sys Board

    “F200” service call (installing the OS / HDD SYS / PFC Firmware / Engine MainFirmware / Scanner Firmware using the USB media), and then install GP-1070 (Data Overwrite Enabler) again. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD...

  • Page 854: Procedures And Settings When Replacing The Slg Board

    Turn the power OFF. Start up with the Setting Mode (08). Check the version of the scanner ROM (08-905). (10) Turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 28...

  • Page 855: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing Sram Board (For Sys Board)

    Take off the Fax Unit (GD-1270) if it is installed. Replace the SRAM board (for the SYS board).  P.20-13 "20.1.13 SRAM board <for SYS board> (RAM-S)" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD...
  • Page 856 Key in the serial number on the label attached to the rear cover of the equipment, and then press the [OK] button. Turn the power off. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 30...
  • Page 857 [H] Set date and time Set the date and time according to these buttons. [USER FUNCTIONS] → [ADMIN] → [GENERAL] → [CLOCK] → [DATE/TIME] © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 31...
  • Page 858 “F200” service call (installing the OS / HDD SYS / PFC Firmware / Engine MainFirmware / Scanner Firmware using the USB media), and then install GP-1070 (Data Overwrite Enabler) again. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 32...

  • Page 859: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing Sram Board (For Lgc Board)

    TRU waste toner box.  P.12-33 "12.6.20 TRU waste toner box" TRU waste toner box Fig. 20-58 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 33...
  • Page 860 Adjust the image quality control (05-396). Perform “Tilt motor initial excitation setting” (05-4721). Perform the enforced position adjustment (05-4719). e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 34...

  • Page 861: Firmware Confirmation After The Pc Board/Hdd Replacement

    * If “NGD” is displayed for the PFC ROM.version (08-906), the downloading of PFC ROM fails. Update the firmware again.  P.19-51 "19.5 When Firmware Updating Fails" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD...

  • Page 862: Electronic Key Re-Registration Using The One-Time Dongle

    After the equipment is replaced, start up with the Setting mode (08). Connect the one-time dongle to the USB port and perform 08-3840. Perform the re-registration in the same manner as a regular one. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 36...

  • Page 863: Precautions For Installation Of Gp-1070 And Disposal Of Hdd/ Board

    When disposing of the SRAM board, perform 08-1428 (Forcible SRAM backup data all clearing) for security reasons. Note: If these codes are performed, the equipment cannot be started up. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 37...
  • Page 864 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 20 - 38...

  • Page 865: Backup Function

    12.[ERROR12: Device is Busy] is displayed if the equipment is in one of the following statuses when running data cloning. When backing up - Control panel is in use - JOB is in process © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 1...
  • Page 866 - Schedule print job has been reserved - Proof print job has been reserved - Hold print job has been reserved - Invalid job is pending e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 2...

  • Page 867: Backup Files

    In addition to the backed up data, the following files are created in each folder Data item folder File name User data user_data user_data.txt Setting data setting_data setting_data.txt SRAM data sram_data sram_data.txt © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 3...
  • Page 868 Date: MON MAR 17 18:34:40 2008 Fig. 21-1 • File format (user_data.txt, setting_data.txt, sram_data.txt: all in common) Line 1: Version Line 2: Serial number Line 3: Date e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 4...

  • Page 869: List Of Codes Available For Cloning

    08-1766 08-1767 08-1772 08-1779 08-1780 08-1781-0 08-1781-1 08-1782 08-1783 08-1784-0 08-1784-1 08-1785 08-1786 08-1920 08-1937 08-1941 08-1950 08-1951 08-1953 08-1958 08-1959 08-3506 08-3507 08-3508 08-3631 08-3722 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 5...
  • Page 870 08-9126 08-9193 08-9294 08-9384 08-9394 08-9629 08-9700 08-9746 08-9747 08-9748 08-9791 08-9799 08-9829 08-9889 08-9891 08-9946 08-9947 08-9957 08-9958 08-9980 08-9981 08-9984-0 08-9984-1 08-9984-2 08-9984-3 08-9984-4 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 6...
  • Page 871 13-709 13-711 13-720 13-722 13-723 13-724 13-725 13-726 13-727 13-728 13-922 13-923 13-924 13-925 13-926 13-927 13-930 13-931 13-940 13-941 13-944 13-955 13-961 13-962 13-970 13-971 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 7...

  • Page 872: Cloning Procedure

    (machine administrator) to enable the data cloning function on the TopAccess menu, or set “0 (Accepted)” in 08-9889. • To clear the selection, press the [CLEAR] or [FUNCTION CLEAR] button. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 8...
  • Page 873 8: General Backing up TopAccess: General setting 9: User Management Backing up TopAccess: User management setting * No items are selected in the screen by default. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 9...
  • Page 874 “Back Up Completed” is displayed on the LCD screen when the backup has been properly completed. Turn the power OFF and remove the USB media. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 10...
  • Page 875 (machine administrator) to enable the data cloning function on the TopAccess menu, or set “0 (Accepted)” in 08-9889. • To clear the selection, press the [CLEAR] or [FUNCTION CLEAR] button. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 11...
  • Page 876 * No items are selected in the screen by default. * Be sure to restore the same option items in the same condition as when the option items were backed up. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 12...
  • Page 877 Press the buttons as follows: [COUNTER][DEPARTMANT MANAGEMENT]Enter the password[RESET ALL COUNTERS] * Enable the department management when the [RESET ALL COUNTERS] buttons is set to be disabled. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 13...
  • Page 878 ERROR 8 Model check error ERROR 9 Version check error ERROR 10 Destination check error ERROR 11 Serial number check error ERROR 12 Device is Busy e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 14...

  • Page 879: Setting Procedure

    [F] Reset user's setting item and restore data/information [G] Reset "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE" [H] Reset "FUNCTION" list [I] Check actuation of data encryption function setting Setting completed Fig. 21-13 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 15...
  • Page 880 Press the [LIST] button. Key in [*] [#] [*] [*] [3] [3] and then press the [START] button. The “FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE” is printed out. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 16...
  • Page 881 * When the SSL is enabled, perform the setting of the following items again with “Create self- certificate” of TopAccess. Country Name State or Province Name Locality Name Organization Name Organizational Unit Name Common Name Email Address © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 17...
  • Page 882 Press the [INITIAL SETUP] button to set each item. Note: Explain to the user (machine administrator) about the next operation and ask him/her to enter his/her password. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 18...
  • Page 883 Press the [COUNTER] button on the control panel. If a key-shaped icon is displayed at the top right of the screen, the data encryption function is in operation. Fig. 21-14 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION...

  • Page 884: Procedure For Disabling Data Encryption Function

    Set the data encryption function disabled following the procedure shown in 21.2.4. Then perform the code 08-1426 (Forcible HDD data clearing) to completely erase the data in the HDD. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 20...
  • Page 885 2. Do not perform this function in cases other than the installation of a new SRAM board because all data in the SRAM will be deleted as a result. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C BACKUP FUNCTION...

  • Page 886: Operating Procedure Of Assist Mode

    Select the item with the digital keys and press the [START] button. Note: Explain the user (machine administrator) about the next operation and ask him/her to enter his/ her password. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved BACKUP FUNCTION 21 - 22...

  • Page 887: Self-Diagnostic Mode

    Test print mode (04): Refer to  P.22-22 "22.3 Test print mode (test mode 04)". • Adjustment mode (05): Refer to  P.23-1 "23. ADJUSTMENT MODE (05)". • Setting mode (08): Refer to  P.24-1 "24. SETTING MODE (08)". © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 1...
  • Page 888 (the numbers represent the serial number of the machine: “0123456789”.) 201:ADJUSTMENT_LIST_0123456789.csv 202:SETTING_LIST_0123456789.csv 203:PM_LIST_0123456789.csv 204:PIXEL_TONER_LIST_0123456789.csv 205:PIXEL_SERVICE_LIST_0123456789.csv 206:ERROR_LOG_0123456789.csv 208:FW_UPGRADE_LOG0123456789.csv 210:POWER_ONOFF_LOG_0123456789.csv 211:VERSION_LIST_0123456789.csv 213:logdump.txt / i.txt 214:TOTAL_COUNTER_LIST_0123456789.csv e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 2...
  • Page 889 To user State transition diagram of self-diagnosis modes Fig. 22-1 *1 Turn OFF the power after using the self-diagnosis mode, and leave the equipment to the user. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 3...

  • Page 890: Input Check (Test Mode 03)

    Fig. 22-2 Example of display during input check Items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted are listed in the following pages. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 4...
  • Page 891 Toner bag full Not full TRU waste toner motor locking detection Rotated Locked or stopped Transfer belt contact / release detection sensor Released Contacted (home position) (No blocking) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 5...
  • Page 892 Image position aligning sensor (Center) Detecting reflection Not detecting light from the belt reflection light from the belt 2nd transfer roller contact / release detection Released Contacted sensor (home position) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 6...
  • Page 893 Table 3.Relation between signals of duplexing unit cover opening/closing detection Duplexing unit opening/closing Duplexing unit opening/closing Status detection sensor (LGC side) detection sensor (PFC side) Closed Opened Opened Opened © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 7...
  • Page 894 Original reading end sensor Paper present No paper RADF connection Connected Not connected Platen sensor RADF opened RADF closed Carriage home position sensor Home position Other than home position e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 8...
  • Page 895 K needle electrode cleaner home position Home position Other than home detection Sub-hopper toner sensor-C Normal Empty C needle electrode cleaner home position Home position Other than home detection © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 9...
  • Page 896 8.5 x 8.5 / LT-R / A4-R / FOLIO LG / 13"LG COMPUTER B4 / B5 H (= high level): Open L (= low level): Short e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 10...
  • Page 897 Reverse section paper transport detection Paper present No paper sensor Standby side tray paper amount detection No paper Paper present sensor Feed cover sensor Cover closed Cover opened © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 11...
  • Page 898 Table 8. Relation between the status of the bypass paper width sensor and paper size (width). Bypass paper width sensor Paper width size A3/LD A4-R/LT-R A5-R/ST-R Card size B4-R/LG B5-R e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 12...
  • Page 899 Paper present Option LCF empty sensor No paper Paper present Option LCF bottom sensor Lower limit position Normal Option LCF top sensor Upper limit position Normal © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 13...
  • Page 900 4th drawer paper size detection sensor-4 4th drawer paper size detection sensor-3 4th drawer paper size detection sensor-2 4th drawer paper size detection sensor-1 4th drawer paper size detection sensor-0 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 14...

  • Page 901: Output Check (Test Mode 03)

    Code No.114 function OFF Developer unit mixer motor-YMC ON Code No.115 function OFF Transfer belt motor ON Code No.116 function OFF 1(*2) (Operation available without the process unit) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 15...
  • Page 902 3. Insert a door-switch jig into the cover interlock switch on the left upper side of the fuser unit in order not to turn the 24 V power OFF. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 16...
  • Page 903 Sub-hopper toner motor-K (normal rotation) ON/OFF (Pull out the sub-hopper unit or the K toner cartridge if the toner does not need to be supplied.) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 17...
  • Page 904 Pressure roller contact/release (Fuser motor (reverse rotation) ON & Pressure roller contact/release clutch ON, operation stops after the roller is released) Pressure roller contact/release clutch ON/OFF e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 18...
  • Page 905 Upper exhaust fan (left) ON/OFF Upper exhaust fan (right) ON/OFF Toner cooling exhaust fan ON/OFF Upper exit section cooling fan-1&2 ON/OFF Lower exit section cooling fan-1&2 ON/OFF © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 19...
  • Page 906 Exit motor (reverse rotation) ON Code No.542 function OFF (upper exit tray direction) ADU motor-2 ON Code No.544 function OFF ADU motor-1 ON Code No.546 function OFF e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 20...
  • Page 907 2. Pull out the duplexing unit lever and then separate the transfer belt and the 2nd transfer roller. Insert a door-switch jig into the cover interlock switch on the left upper side of the fuser unit in order not to turn the 24V power OFF. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...

  • Page 908: Test Print Mode (Test Mode 04)

    K color only. * The number in parentheses indicates the contact of the developer unit and the transfer belt. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 22...

  • Page 909: List Printing

    (Maximum 200 items) (Maximum 200 items) Power ON/OFF log (Maximum 100 items) (Maximum 100 items) Version list Error log Total counter list Output all CSV files © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 23...
  • Page 910 The selected adjustment codes and the current adjustment value for each code are output in a list. See the following page for the adjustment code (05):  P.23-1 "23. ADJUSTMENT MODE (05)" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 24...
  • Page 911 The selected setting codes and the current setting value for each code are output in a list. See the following page for the setting code (08):  P.24-1 "24. SETTING MODE (08)" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...

  • Page 912: Pm Support Mode

    PM units. Use this list for confirming the PM units to be replaced at each PM. See the following page for PM:  P.18-1 "18. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 26...
  • Page 913 Fig. 22-6 Pixel counter data (toner cartridge reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel counter:  P.24-239 "24.9 Pixel counter" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 27...
  • Page 914 Fig. 22-7 Pixel counter data (service call reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel counter:  P.24-239 "24.9 Pixel counter" e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 28...
  • Page 915 E724 00000137 071226-140650 064 064 3422_1000_011 Fig. 22-8 The error history is output. See the following page for the parameters for each error:  P.25-27 "25.2.4 Printer function error" © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 29...
  • Page 916 Printer counter data (full color) when the ROM was downloaded LIST List print counter data when the ROM was downloaded Fax print counter data when the ROM was downloaded e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 30...
  • Page 917 Whether the power was turned ON or OFF, or if it was turned ON or OFF with a remote reset function TOTAL Total counter data when the power was turned OFF and then back ON © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 31...
  • Page 918 : 512 MB INSTALLED ELK NAME : Data overwrite enabler IPSec enabler Meta scan enabler External interface enabler Fig. 22-11 The list of versions is output. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 32...
  • Page 919 The error logs stored in the HDD is copied to the USB media in the following structure. \LOG folder \LOG folder\yyyymmddhhmm_ss_xxxx(Date and time of the error log creation + error code) \LOG folder\logdump.txt \LOG folder\i.txt © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 33...
  • Page 920 FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL SMALL LARGE TOTAL NETWORK FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL SMALL LARGE TOTAL CALIBRATION COUNTER Fig. 22-12 The list of Total counter is output. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 22 - 34...

  • Page 921: Adjustment Mode

    4564-0 to 3, 4565-0 to 3, 4566-0 to 3, 4567-0 to 8, 4568-0 to 5, 4569-0 to 3 [Adjustment of 497-0 to 6 drawer sideways deviation] © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 1...
  • Page 922 7316-0 to 2, 7317-0 to 2, 7318-0 to 2, 7319-0 to 2, 7320-0 to 2, 7480-0 to 2, 7956-0 to 2, 7957-0 to 2, 7958-0 to 2, 7959-0 to 2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 2...
  • Page 923 1616, 1617, 1618, 1619, 1620, 7903, 8149 [Blank page 7618 judgment] [Background 9104, 9107 processing] [Setting beam level 667-0 to 4, 672-0 to 4, 678-0 to 4 conversion] © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 3...
  • Page 924 [Fuser belt] 485-0 to 11 [Registration motor] 483-0 to 17 [Reverse motor] 4744-0 to 17 [Bridge unit transport 4745-0 to 17, 4746-0 to 17 motor] e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 4...
  • Page 925 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205-0 to 3, 206 Development [Developer] 2627-0 to 1, 2628-0 to 1, 2417 2629-0 to 1, 2630-0 to 1 [Mixer] 2416 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 5...
  • Page 926 Given in the Service Manual Service Handbook [Aligning amount] 354, 355 RADF [Sensor/EEPROM] 352, 353, 356 [Transporting] 357, 358, 365, 366 [Equipment number] Maintenance [Tilt motor initial 4721 excitation] e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 6...

  • Page 927: Operating Procedure

    *[CANCEL] or [CLEAR] * When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is displayed. * Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR] button. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 7...
  • Page 928 (Test copy) in RAM [CLEAR] [CANCEL] (Corrects value) (Corrects value) Procedure 15 [POWER] [0][5] [Digital key] (Forced performing) [START] [CANCEL] OFF/ON (Code) (STOP) [POWER] (Exit) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 8...
  • Page 929 Refer to 8.7.1Automatic gamma adjustment pattern (PS: 600dpi) (Plain paper 2) Printer gamma correction table creation pattern Refer to 8.7.1Automatic gamma adjustment (PS: 600dpi) (Recycled paper) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 9...
  • Page 930 Refer to 8.6.1Automatic gamma adjustment (Color & black / Plain paper 1) Copier gamma confirmation pattern Refer to 8.6.1Automatic gamma adjustment (Color / Plain paper 1) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 10...
  • Page 931 Refer to 8.7.1Automatic gamma adjustment (PS: 1200dpi) (Thick paper 1) Printer gamma correction table confirmation Refer to 8.7.1Automatic gamma adjustment pattern (PS: 1200dpi) (Thick paper 1) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 11...
  • Page 932 Refer to 8.7.1Automatic gamma adjustment (PS: 1200dpi) (Special paper 2) Printer gamma correction table confirmation Refer to 8.7.1Automatic gamma adjustment pattern (PS: 1200dpi) (Special paper 2) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 12...
  • Page 933 330-1 contrast voltage in the closed- <0-16> voltage loop control. 330-2 correction/ <0-16> maximum 330-3 number of <0-16> time corrected © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 13...
  • Page 934 Developer Displays the developer control bias DC (-) <0-255> bias when printing is actual value operated. (bit value) 386-1 display <0-255> 386-2 <0-255> 386-3 <0-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 14...
  • Page 935 Perform this code when the process unit is installed or removed. 2417 Develop Manual forcible discharge Discharges developer of developer material material forcibly. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 15...
  • Page 936 <0-2> status 0: Normally finished 2780-2 Sensor 1: Control paused shutter-C <0-2> 2: Sensor abnormality 2780-3 Sensor shutter-K <0-2> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 16...
  • Page 937 (high bias) <0-1020> 2787-3 (high bias) <0-1020> 2787-5 (medium <0-1020> bias) 2787-6 (medium <0-1020> bias) 2787-7 (medium <0-1020> bias) 2787-8 (medium <0-1020> bias) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 17...
  • Page 938 Detection values for low detection Gradation gradation 1, low value gradation 2, low gradation 3 of each 2800-4 M color color <0-1020> Gradation 2800-5 M color <0-1020> Gradation e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 18...
  • Page 939 Gradation middle low gradation 2, and middle low gradation 3 of each 2801-4 M color color Middle <0-1020> Gradation 2801-5 M color Middle <0-1020> Gradation © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 19...
  • Page 940 2, and middle high gradation 3 of each 2802-4 M color color Middle <0-1020> High Gradation 2802-5 M color Middle <0-1020> High Gradation e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 20...
  • Page 941 1, high value gradation 2, and high gradation 3 of each 2803-4 M color color High <0-1020> Gradation 2803-5 M color High <0-1020> Gradation © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 21...
  • Page 942 1, high value gradation 2, and high gradation 3 of each 2803-10 K color color High <0-1020> Gradation 2803-11 K color High <0-1020> Gradation e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 22...
  • Page 943 <0-255> ng 2 2900-15 decelerati <0-255> ng 2 2900-16 decelerati <0-255> ng 2 2900-17 K(4) decelerati <0-255> ng 2 2900-18 K(1) decelerati <0-255> ng 2 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 23...
  • Page 944 <0-10> ng 2 2905-15 decelerati <0-10> ng 2 2905-16 decelerati <0-10> ng 2 2905-17 K(4) decelerati <0-10> ng 2 2905-18 K(1) decelerati <0-10> ng 2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 24...
  • Page 945 <0-255> ng 2 2920-15 decelerati <0-255> ng 2 2920-16 decelerati <0-255> ng 2 2920-17 K(4) decelerati <0-255> ng 2 2920-18 K(1) decelerati <0-255> ng 2 © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 25...
  • Page 946 <50-100> ng 2 2921-15 decelerati <50-100> ng 2 2921-16 decelerati <50-100> ng 2 2921-17 K(4) decelerati <50-100> ng 2 2921-18 K(1) decelerati <50-100> ng 2 e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 26...
  • Page 947 Special paper 1 <0-255> 2925-6 Special paper 2 <0-255> 2925-7 Recycled paper <0-255> 2925-8 Thick paper 4 <0-255> 2925-9 Special mode for <0-255> waterproof paper © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 27...
  • Page 948 Special paper 1 <0-255> 2927-6 Special paper 2 <0-255> 2927-7 Recycled paper <0-255> 2927-8 Thick paper 4 <0-255> 2927-9 Special mode for <0-255> waterproof paper e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 28...
  • Page 949 1 <0-10> 10: 2.0 2935-6 Special paper 2 <0-10> 2935-7 Recycled paper <0-10> 2935-8 Thick paper 4 <0-10> 2935-9 Special mode for <0-10> waterproof paper © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 29...
  • Page 950 1 <0-10> 10: 2.0 2937-6 Special paper 2 <0-10> 2937-7 Recycled paper <0-10> 2937-8 Thick paper 4 <0-10> 2937-9 Special mode for <0-10> waterproof paper e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 30...
  • Page 951 1 <0-10> 10: 0.50 2939-6 Special paper 2 <0-10> 2939-7 Recycled paper <0-10> 2939-8 Thick paper 4 <0-10> 2939-9 Special mode for <0-10> waterproof paper © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 31...
  • Page 952 / tab Decelerati paper printing. ng 2 2981-0 Transfer 1st transfer (Unit: µA) bias constant- <0-99> current 2981-1 High transformer <0-99> calibration value (K only) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 32...
  • Page 953 High transformer <0-99> calibration value (M only) 2993-0 Transfer 1st transfer (Unit: µA) bias constant- <0-99> current 2993-1 High transformer <0-99> calibration value (C only) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 33...

  • Page 954: Image Processing

    591-2 High density (black) <0-255> 592-0 Image Gamma Image balance density (black) <0-255> adjustment 592-1 Medium (Photo) density (black) <0-255> 592-2 High density (black) <0-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 34...
  • Page 955 1/4 (black) <0-255> are reproduced. 678-2 Beam level 2/4 (black) <0-255> 678-3 Beam level 3/4 (black) <0-255> 678-4 Beam level 4/4 (black) <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 35...
  • Page 956 When the value adjustment (black) <0-255> increases, the image “automatic becomes darker. Text density” fine (black) <0-255> adjustment Photo (black) <0-255> Gray scale (black) <0-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 36...
  • Page 957 “dark” step adjustment/ becomes. Dark step value Image Density User The larger the value is, adjustment custom (black) <0-255> the darker the image Automatic becomes. adjustment © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 37...
  • Page 958 4 colors can be corrected with the automatic gamma adjustment. • The result of the correction above will be applied to all media types. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 38...
  • Page 959 The smaller 1087 Printed the value is, the softer image (color) <0-255> the image becomes and 1088 Photo the less moire appears. (color) <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 39...
  • Page 960 4 colors can be corrected with the automatic gamma adjustment. • The result of the correction above will be applied to all media types. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 40...
  • Page 961 (Full color / background becomes. 1699 Text Manual (color) <0-255> density 1700 Printed adjustment) image (color) <0-255> 1701 Photo (color) <0-255> 1702 (color) <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 41...
  • Page 962 “Marker” can be 1769-1 Magenta adjusted. (color) <0-6> Ch.8.6.10 1769-2 Cyan (color) <0-6> 1769-3 (color) <0-6> 1769-4 Green (color) <0-6> 1769-5 Blue (color) <0-6> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 42...
  • Page 963 <0-255> “Y” (Photo) 1782-1 (color) <0-255> 1782-2 (color) <0-255> 1783-0 Image Color balance adjustment for (color) <0-255> “Y” (Map) 1783-1 (color) <0-255> 1783-2 (color) <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 43...
  • Page 964 “C” (Printed 1791-1 image) (color) <0-255> 1791-2 (color) <0-255> 1792-0 Image Color balance adjustment for (color) <0-255> “C” (Photo) 1792-1 (color) <0-255> 1792-2 (color) <0-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 44...
  • Page 965 7034 Image Text Automatic (black) <0-255> density adjustment) 7041 Image Background Text/Photo adjustment (black) <0-255> (Black / 7042 Image Text Manual (black) <0-255> density adjustment) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 45...
  • Page 966 Text/Photo 0: Background peak - correction (black) <0-1> Fixed adjustment 1: Background peak - 7287 Image Text (Black / Varied (black) <0-1> Manual density adjustment) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 46...
  • Page 967 7317-1 (PCL / becomes higher. (black) <0-255> Smooth / L: Low density area 7317-2 600dpi) M: Medium density (black) <0-255> area H: High density area © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 47...
  • Page 968 Fixed adjustment 1: Background peak - 7417 Text (Black / Varied (black) <0-1> Automatic 7418 Photo density (black) <0-1> adjustment) 7419 Image smoothing (black) <0-1> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 48...
  • Page 969 (e.g.: In network scanning with 600 dpi, if the setting value is "1", the blank area increases by 1 dot.) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 49...
  • Page 970 Manual density adjustment) 7675 Image Background Auto color The larger the value is, offset & black (black) <0-255> the lighter the adjustment for background becomes. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 50...
  • Page 971 Image Text (Full color / Varied (color) <0-1> Automatic 7769 Image Printed adjustment) image (color) <0-1> 7770 Image Photo (color) <0-1> 7771 Image (color) <0-1> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 51...
  • Page 972 7812 Image Text The smaller the value (color) <0-8> is, the lighter the 7816 Image User header becomes. custom (color) <0-8> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 52...
  • Page 973 / Text) 7958-2 (black) <0-255> 7959-0 Image Gamma balance (black) <0-255> adjustment 7959-1 (Auto color & (black) <0-255> black / Photo) 7959-2 (black) <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 53...
  • Page 974 (Detail / Twin background becomes. 8014-1 The smaller the value color / 600 (color) <0-255> dpi) is, the lighter the 8014-2 background becomes. (color) <0-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 54...
  • Page 975 8029-1 Medium mode (PS/ becomes. density (color) <0-255> smooth/K/ 8029-2 High 600dpi) density (color) <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 55...
  • Page 976 8038-1 Medium mode (PCL/ becomes. density (color) <0-255> detail/Y/ 8038-2 High 600dpi) density (color) <0-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 56...
  • Page 977 8044-1 smooth/600 (color) <0-255> dpi) 8044-2 (color) <0-255> 8045-0 Image Color balance adjustment (color) <0-255> (K) (XPS/ 8045-1 smooth/600 (color) <0-255> dpi) 8045-2 (color) <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 57...
  • Page 978 <0-255> dpi) 8052-2 (color) <0-255> 8053-0 Image Color balance adjustment (color) <0-255> (K) (PS / 8053-1 Smooth / 600 (color) <0-255> dpi) 8053-2 (color) <0-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 58...
  • Page 979 <0-255> dpi) 8060-2 (color) <0-255> 8061-0 Image Color balance adjustment (color) <0-255> (K) (PCL / 8061-1 Smooth / 600 (color) <0-255> dpi) 8061-2 (color) <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 59...
  • Page 980 0: Adjusts color balance with the solid image density fixed 1: Adjusts color balance with the solid image density varied e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 60...
  • Page 981 (color) <0-255> 8071-6 Thick paper 4 (color) <0-255> 8071-7 Special paper 1 (color) <0-255> 8071-8 Special paper 2 (color) <0-255> 8071-9 OHP film (color) <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 61...
  • Page 982 8102-2 (color) <0-1> 8103-0 Image Fine line 0: OFF (EFI) enhancement (color) <0-1> 1: ON switchover 8103-1 (EFI) (EFI) (color) <0-1> 8103-2 (EFI) (color) <0-1> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 62...
  • Page 983 8150-1 Medium mode (XPS/ becomes. density (color) <0-255> smooth/Y/ 8150-2 High 600dpi) density (color) <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 63...
  • Page 984 8161-2 (color) <0-255> 8176 Image Screen switchover 0: High screen ruling (e-BRIDGE) (color) <0-1> value (smoother image) 1: Low screen ruling value (rougher image) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 64...
  • Page 985 (color) <1-255> (Twin color The smaller the value 8215 Image print) / is, the narrower the (color) <1-255> General range becomes. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 65...
  • Page 986 (XPS / The smaller the value 8250-2 Presentati Graphic) is, the narrower the (color) <1-255> range becomes. 8250-3 Line art (color) <1-255> 8250-4 Advanced (color) <1-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 66...
  • Page 987 (PS / Image) The smaller the value 8254-2 Presentati is, the narrower the (color) <1-255> range becomes. 8254-3 Line art (color) <1-255> 8254-4 Advanced (color) <1-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 67...
  • Page 988 <0-255> the brighter the image becomes. The smaller 8326 Photo the value is, the duller (color) <0-255> the image becomes. 8327 Printed image (color) <0-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 68...
  • Page 989 User Sets the color space conversion custom (color) <0-3> format of the output method mode image. selection 0: sRGB 1: AppleRGB 2: ROMMRGB 3: AdobeRGB © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 69...
  • Page 990 (color) <0-255> mode 8395 Image Background offset The larger the adjustment for ADF (color) <0-255> adjustment value is, the lighter the background becomes. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 70...
  • Page 991 The smaller the value 8408 Gray scale adjustment) is, the more easily the (black) <0-255> background (low 8409 User density area) is printed. custom (black) <0-255> mode © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 71...
  • Page 992 10: Low compression, high image quality 9107 Image Resolution adjustment of 0: 75dpi SLIM PDF background (color) <0-3> 1: 100dpi processing 2: 150dpi 3: 200dpi e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 72...
  • Page 993 When the value transport speed <0-100> increases by “1”, the reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction on original (fed from the RADF) increases by approx. 0.1%. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 73...
  • Page 994 / reproduction ratio correction value in primary scanning direction) from the SRAM of the SYS board to the SRAM of the SLG board. e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 74...
  • Page 995 “1”, the 1 adjustment copied image of original Back side fed from the RADF <0-100> shifts toward the trailing edge of paper by approx. 0.2 mm. © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 75...
  • Page 996 (blank area at the right of <0-255> the paper along the paper feeding direction) Image Bottom margin adjustment (blank area at the trailing <0-255> edge of the paper) e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 76...
  • Page 997 (Normal trailing edge of the drawer <0-100> speed) paper by approx. Bypass 0.1 mm. feeding <0-100> O-LCF <0-100> drawer <0-100> Duplex feeding <0-100> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 77...
  • Page 998 446-13 Transport speed: 2 <0-255> 446-14 Transport speed: 3 <0-255> 446-15 Transport speed: 4 <0-255> 446-16 Transport speed: 5 <0-255> 446-17 Transport speed: 6 <0-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 78...
  • Page 999 Thick transport increases by approx. paper 2 <0-63> registration 0.54 mm. 473-2 Thick section paper 3 <0-63> (T-LCF) (black) 473-3 Thick paper 3 <0-63> (color) © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 79...
  • Page 1000 <0-63> 477-4 O-LCF <0-63> 477-5 T-LCF <0-63> Feeding Paper feed aligning Press the button on the system / amount adjustment LCD. Paper (using icons) transport e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 80...
  • Page 1001 <0-255> 481-5 <0-255> 481-6 Transport speed: <0-255> Decelerat 481-7 ed by <0-255> 481-8 <0-255> 481-9 Transport speed: <0-255> High 481-10 speed <0-255> 481-11 <0-255> © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 81...
  • Page 1002 483-13 Transport speed: 2 <0-255> 483-14 Transport speed: 3 <0-255> 483-15 Transport speed: 4 <0-255> 483-16 Transport speed: 5 <0-255> 483-17 Transport speed: 6 <0-255> e-STUDIO5520C/6520C/6530C © 2008-2012 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ADJUSTMENT MODE (05) 23 - 82...

This manual is also suitable for:

E-studio6520cE-studio6530c

Table of Contents